all | frequencies |
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
various |
|
User Manaul | Users Manual | 2.09 MiB | ||||
various |
|
User Manual | Users Manual | 1.35 MiB | September 08 2018 / June 02 2019 | |||
various |
|
User Manual Host | Users Manual | 3.80 MiB | ||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | External Photos | September 08 2018 / June 02 2019 | ||||||
various | Internal Photos | September 08 2018 / June 02 2019 | ||||||
various | ID Label/Location Info | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | ID Label/Location Info | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | September 08 2018 / June 02 2019 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | September 08 2018 / June 02 2019 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | September 08 2018 / June 02 2019 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | September 08 2018 / June 02 2019 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | September 08 2018 / June 02 2019 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | Test Report | September 08 2018 / October 08 2018 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | September 08 2018 / June 02 2019 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | September 08 2018 / June 02 2019 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
various | Test Report | |||||||
various | Test Report | |||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
various | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
various | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
various | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
various | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
various | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
various | Test Report | |||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | January 08 2017 / March 08 2017 | ||||||
various | Cover Letter(s) | January 08 2017 / March 08 2017 |
various | User Manaul | Users Manual | 2.09 MiB |
X500 USER MANUAL Rugged Mobile Computing Solutions August 2017 TRADEMARKS The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. All brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. NOTE The information in this manual is subject to change without notice. For the latest version of the manual, please visit the Getac website at www.getac.com. Table of Contents Chapter 1 Getting Started .......................................................................... 1 Getting the Computer Running ........................................... 2 Unpacking .................................................................. 2 Using the Tether (Optional) ......................................... 3 Connecting to AC Power ............................................... 4 Turning On and Off the Computer .................................. 5 Taking a Look at the Computer ......................................... 7 Front Components ........................................................ 7 Rear Components ........................................................ 8 Right-Side Components ................................................. 9 Left-Side Components .................................................. 10 Top-open Components ................................................. 11 Bottom Components ..................................................... 13 Chapter 2 Operating Your Computer ...................................................... 15 Using the Keyboard ........................................................ 16 Typewriter Keys .......................................................... 16 Cursor-Control Keys .................................................... 16 Numeric Keypad ......................................................... 17 Function Keys ............................................................ 18 Fn Key ..................................................................... 18 Hot Keys .................................................................. 18 Windows Keys ........................................................... 20 Using the Touchpad ........................................................ 21 Configuring the Touchpad ............................................ 22 Using the Touchscreen (Optional) ................................... 23 i Using Multi-touch Gestures (Optional) .......................... 24 Using the Quick Buttons ................................................. 26 Configuring the Quick Buttons ...................................... 27 Using the DVD Drive ..................................................... 28 Inserting and Removing a Disc..................................... 29 Using Network and Wireless Connections ............................ 31 Using the LAN ........................................................... 31 Using the WLAN ....................................................... 32 Using the Bluetooth Feature ......................................... 33 Using the WWAN Feature (Optional) ........................... 34 Using the Fingerprint Scanner (Optional) .......................... 36 Chapter 3 Managing Power ...................................................................... 38 AC Adapter .................................................................. 39 Battery Pack ................................................................ 40 Charging the Battery Pack ........................................... 40 Initializing the Battery Pack ........................................... 41 Checking the Battery Level ........................................... 41 Battery Low Signals and Actions ................................... 42 Replacing the Battery Pack .......................................... 43 Power-Saving Tips ........................................................ 44 Expanding Your Computer ..................................................... 45 Connecting Peripheral Devices .......................................... 46 Connecting Display Monitor .......................................... 46 Connecting a Serial Device .......................................... 47 Connecting a USB Device ........................................... 47 Connecting an Audio Device ........................................ 48 Using Storage and Expansion Cards ................................. 49 Using Smart Cards .................................................... 49 Using PC Cards ........................................................ 50 Using ExpressCards ..................................................... 51 Using Storage Cards .................................................. 52 Changing or Replacing ................................................... 53 Replacing the Hard Disk Drive ..................................... 53 Installing a Secondary Battery Pack or Hard Disk Drive .... 53 System Memory Upgrade ............................................. 54 Chapter 4 ii Chapter 5 Using BIOS Setup .................................................................... 56 When and How to Use .................................................. 57 Menu Descriptions ......................................................... 58 Information Menu ....................................................... 58 Main Menu ............................................................... 58 Advanced Menu ......................................................... 59 Security Menu ........................................................... 60 Boot Menu ................................................................ 61 Exit Menu ................................................................. 61 Chapter 6 Using Getac Software ............................................................. 63 G-Manager .................................................................. 64 Chapter 7 Care and Maintenance ............................................................ 66 Protecting the Computer .................................................. 67 Using an Anti-Virus Strategy ....................................... 67 Using the Cable Lock ................................................. 67 Taking Care of the Computer .......................................... 69 Location Guidelines ..................................................... 69 General Guidelines ..................................................... 69 Cleaning Guidelines .................................................... 70 Battery Pack Guidelines .............................................. 70 Touchscreen Guidelines ............................................... 72 When Traveling ............................................................. 73 Troubleshooting ...................................................................... 74 Preliminary Checklist ....................................................... 75 Solving Common Problems .............................................. 76 Battery Problems ........................................................ 76 Bluetooth Problems ..................................................... 76 Display Problems ....................................................... 77 DVD Drive Problems .................................................. 77 Hardware Device Problems .......................................... 78 Hard Disk Drive Problems ........................................... 78 Keyboard and Touchpad Problems ................................. 79 LAN Problems ........................................................... 79 Power Management Problems ....................................... 80 Chapter 8 iii Software Problems ..................................................... 80 Sound Problems ........................................................ 80 Startup Problems ........................................................ 81 WLAN Problems ......................................................... 81 Other Problems ......................................................... 83 Resetting the Computer .................................................. 84 System Restore, Recovery, or Reset ................................. 85 Using the Driver Disc .................................................... 86 Appendix A Specifications .......................................................................... 87 Appendix B Regulatory Information ........................................................... 89 On the Use of the System ............................................. 90 Class B Regulations ................................................... 90 Safety Notices ............................................................ 91 On the Use of the RF Device ........................................ 94 USA and Canada Safety Requirements and Notices.......... 94 European Union CE Marking and Compliance Notices ....... 96 User Notification of Take-back Service ............................. 100 ENERGY STAR 6.1 ...................................................... 101 Battery Recycling .......................................................... 103 iv Chapter 1 Chapter 1 Getting Started Congratulations on purchasing this rugged computer. This chapter first tells you step by step how to get the computer up and running. Then, you will find a section briefly introducing the external components of the computer. 1 Getting the Computer Running Unpacking NOTE: This packing list applies to standard models. Select models may have different items. After unpacking the shipping carton, you should find these standard items:
X500 notebook computer AC adapter Screen cleaning cloth AC power cord Stylus*
Battery pack Tether*
Driver disc*
Document(s)
* Optional Inspect all the items. If any item is damaged or missing, notify your dealer immediately. 2 Using the Tether (Optional) A tether is available for attaching the stylus to your computer. 1. Insert one of the tethers loop ends through the hole of the stylus (as indicated by below). Then, insert the other end through the first loop (as indicated by below) and pull it tight. 2. Insert the other loop end to the strap holder on comp uter (as indicated by below). Then, insert the stylus end through the loop (as indicated by below) and pull it tight. 3 Connecting to AC Power CAUTION: Use only the AC adapter included with your computer. Using other AC adapters may damage the computer. NOTE:
The battery pack is shipped to you in power saving mode that protects it from charging/discharging. It will get out of the mode to be ready for use when you install the battery pack and connect AC power to the computer for the very first time. When the AC adapter is connected, it also charges the battery pack. For information on using battery power, see Chapter 3. You must use AC power when starting up the computer for the very first time. 1. Plug the DC cord of the AC adapter to the power connector of the computer
(). 2. Plug the female end of the AC power cord to the AC adapter and the male end to an electrical outlet (). 3. Power is being supplied from the electrical outlet to the AC adapter and onto your computer. Now, you are ready to turn on the computer. 4 Turning On and Off the Computer Turning On 1. Open the top cover by pulling the cover latch and lifting up the cover. You can tilt the cover forward or backward for optimal viewing clarity. 2. Press the power button (
). The Windows operating system should start. 5 Turning Off When you finish a working session, you can stop the system by turning off the power or leaving it in Sleep or Hibernation mode:
To... Power off
(Shutdown) Sleep Hibernate Click Power Shut down. Do this... Use one of these methods:
Press the power button.*
Close the top cover.*
Press Fn + F10.*
Click By default, this option is not shown in the Start menu. If you want to use the feature, set up accordingly in Windows settings. Power Sleep.
* Sleep is the default result of the action. You can change what the action does through Windows settings. 6 Taking a Look at the Computer NOTE: Depending on the model you purchased, the appearance of your computer may not be exactly the same as those shown in this manual. CAUTION: You need to open the protective covers to access the connectors or devices inside. When not accessing a connector or device, make sure to close the cover completely for water-, dust-, and fire-proof integrity of your computer. (Engage the locking mechanism if existing.) Front Components Description Locks the top cover. Two buckles hold the shoulder strap. Sends out sound and voice from the computer. Provides a convenient way to carry the computer. Ref Component Top cover latch Strap holder Stereo speaker Handle 7 Rear Components To access a connector, open its protective cover by pushing down the tab. When closing, push the tab upward so it clicks into the locked position. Ref Component Description Two buckles hold the shoulder strap. Locks the computer to a stationary object for security. Strap holder Kensington lock Power connector Connects the AC adapter. USB 3.0 port Connects a USB device, such as a USB flash disk, printer, digital camera, joystick, and more. Connects a HDMI monitor or TV set. Connects a serial device. The left one is COM1 and the right one is COM2. Can be configured as RS232 or RS422. Connects an external display monitor. Connects a set of headphones or external speakers with amplifier. Connects an external microphone. HDMI connector Serial connector VGA connector Audio output connector Microphone connector RJ-45 connector Connects the LAN cable. The left one is LAN1 and the right one is LAN2. 8 Right-Side Components To access a device bay, slide the latch toward the right to unlock ( ) and then push down the latch to release the cover. When closing, engage the latch and then slide the latch toward the left to lock ( ). Description Ref Component Battery pack Supplies power to your computer when external power is not connected. Inside is the hard disk drive. Hard disk drive Stylus (optional) Serves as the input device by tapping on the touchscreen to make selections and enter information. Stylus tethered to this hole. Tether hole 9 Left-Side Components To access a connector, open its protective cover by pushing down the tab. When closing, push the tab upward so it clicks into the locked position. To access a device bay, slide the latch toward the right to unlock ( ) and then push down the latch to release the cover. When closing, engage the latch and then slide the latch toward the left to lock ( ). Description Ref Component USB 3.0 port Connects a USB device, such as a USB flash disk, printer, digital camera, joystick, and more. There are two ports. Accepts a PC card for additional functions. PCMCIA slot ExpressCard slot Accepts an ExpressCard/34 or ExpressCard/54 for SD card reader Super multi drive Smart card reader additional functions. Accepts a Secure Digital (SD) card for removable storage media. Accepts a compact disc for installing or loading software, accessing data, and playing music/video. Can be replaced by a secondary hard disk drive or battery pack (purchased separately). Accepts a smart card for additional security feature. 10 Top-open Components Ref Component Camera lens
(optional) LCD screen Light sensor Microphone Power button Description Allows you to use the camera function. Displays the output of the computer. May include the optional touchscreen feature. Detects the surrounding lighting condition for automatic adjustment of the LCD brightness and optional keyboard backlight. Receives sound and voice for the computer. Turns the power on or off (Sleep mode by default). 11 Ref Component Description Keyboard Touchpad Fingerprint scanner
(optional) Quick buttons P1 P2 P3 Indicators Power AC power Battery charge RF Hard disk drive Serves as the data input device of the computer. Serves as the pointing device of the computer. Serves as the fingerprint verification, preventing unauthorized access to your computer. Toggles the sunlight-readable mode on or off. Switches the ECO mode to the next choice Toggles Blackout mode on or off. (The function can be redefined.) Toggles the touchpad off or on. (The function can be redefined.) Toggles the light sensor on or off. (The function can be redefined.) Lights green when the computer is on. Blinks green when the computer is in Sleep mode. Lights green when the computer is operating with AC power. Lights red when the optional hard disk drive heater is on. Lights green when the battery is fully charged. Lights amber when the battery is being charged. Blinks red when the batterys capacity is below 10 %. Lights green when the RF radio of any RF feature
(WLAN/Bluetooth/WWAN) is on. Blinks green when computer is reading / writing data to the hard disk. 12 Ref Component Description Num Lock Caps Lock Lights green when Num Lock is on. Lights green when Caps Lock is on. Bottom Components Ref Component Description connector Docking WLAN antenna pass-through connector
(optional) GPS antenna pass-through connector
(optional) Connects to the Vehicle Dock (purchased separately). Connects the external antenna for WLAN connectivity. NOTE: Must be connected via a docking station. Connects the external antenna for GPS signal reception. NOTE: Must be connected via a docking station. 13 WWAN antenna pass-through connector
(optional) SIM card slot
(optional) Memory slots Connects the external antenna for WWAN connectivity. NOTE: Must be connected via a docking station. Inside is the SIM card slot. Inside are the memory slots for expanding the memory size of your computer. 14 Chapter 2 Chapter 2 Operating Your Computer This chapter provides information about the use of the computer. If you are new to computers, reading this chapter will help you learn the operating basics. If you are already a computer user, you may choose to read only the parts containing information unique to your computer. CAUTION:
Do not expose your skin to the computer when operating it in a very hot or cold environment. The computer can get uncomfortably warm when you use it in high temperatures. As a safety precaution in such a circumstance, do not place the computer on your lap or touch it with your bare hands for extended periods of time. Prolonged body contact can cause discomfort and potentially a burn. 15 Using the Keyboard Your keyboard has all the standard functions of a full-sized computer keyboard plus an Fn key added for specific functions. The standard functions of the keyboard can be further divided into four major categories:
Typewriter keys Cursor-control keys Numeric keys Function keys Typewriter Keys Typewriter keys are similar to the keys on a typewriter. Several keys are added such as the Ctrl, Alt, Esc, and lock keys for special purposes. The Control (Ctrl) / Alternate (Alt) key is normally used in combination with other keys for program-specific functions. The Escape (Esc) key is usually used for stopping a process. Examples are exiting a program and canceling a command. The function depends on the program you are using. Cursor-Control Keys Cursor-control keys are generally used for moving and editing purposes. 16 NOTE: The word cursor refers to the indicator on the screen that lets you know exactly where on your screen anything you type will appear. It can take the form of a vertical or horizontal line, a block, or one of many other shapes. Numeric Keypad Numeric keys facilitate entering of numbers and calculations. When Num Lock is on, the numeric keys are activated; meaning you can use these keys to enter numerals. When Num Lock is off, the keys serve as cursor-control keys. 17 Function Keys On the top row of the keys are the function keys: F1 to F12. Function keys are multi-purpose keys that perform functions defined by individual programs. Fn Key The Fn key, at the lower left corner of the keyboard, is used with another key to perform the alternative function of a key. To perform a desired function, first press and hold Fn, then press the other key. Hot Keys Hot keys refer to a combination of keys that can be pressed any time to activate special functions of the computer. Most hot keys operate in a cyclic way. Each time a hot key combination is pressed, it shifts the corresponding function to the other or next choice. You can easily identify the hot keys with the icons imprinted on the keytop. The hot keys are described next. Key Description Switches the keyboard backlight on and off (option). Switches the RF (radio frequency) radio on or off. When off, all wireless modules (such as WLAN, Bluetooth, and WWAN) cannot be used. When on, individual settings of the module work. Decreases the sound volume. Increases the sound volume. Increases the LCD brightness. 18 Key Description Decreases the LCD brightness. Switches the system sound output off (mute) or on. Switches the display off or on. Switches the display output to the next choice if an external display is connected. Choices are:
LCD only LCD + External display (Duplicate) LCD + External display (Extend) External display only The hot keys are equivalent to NOTE:
Windows logo key + P. Display resolution remains unchanged when you switch the display output using this hot key combination. This hot key combination does not function during the playback of DVD or MPEG files by certain applications. This hot key combination does not function in full screen DOS mode. Serves as the sleep button that you can define with Windows Power Options. NOTE:
If you have changed your system from the default ACPI mode to APM mode, the hot keys Fn+F3, Fn+F4, and Fn+F10 will not be supported. The operating system might ignore the hot keys when busy with tasks. Do not keep on pressing the hot keys under such circumstance. Wait for a while before you try again. 19 Windows Keys The keyboard has two keys that perform Windows-specific functions:
Logo key and Application key. Windows Windows Logo key opens the Start menu and performs software-
The specific functions when used in combination with other keys. The key usually has the same effect as a right mouse click. Application 20 Using the Touchpad CAUTION: Do not use a sharp object such as a pen on the touchpad. Doing so may damage the touchpad surface. NOTE: For optimal performance of the touchpad, keep your fingers and the pads clean and dry. When tapping on the pad, tap lightly. Do not use excessive force. The touchpad is a pointing device that allows you to communicate with the computer by controlling the location of the pointer on the screen and making selection with the buttons. The touchpad consists of a rectangular pad (work surface) and a left and right buttons. To use the touchpad, place your forefinger or thumb on the pad. The rectangular pad acts like a miniature duplicate of your display. As you slide your fingertip across the pad, the pointer (also called cursor) on the screen moves accordingly. When your finger reaches the edge of the pad, simply relocate yourself by lifting the finger and placing it on the other side of the pad. 21 Here are some common terms that you should know when using the touchpad:
Term Point Click Action Move your finger on the pad until the cursor points to the selection on the screen. Press and release the left button. or Tap gently anywhere on the pad. Double-click Press and release the left button twice in quick succession. Drag and drop or Tap twice on the pad rapidly. Press and hold the left button, then move your finger until you reach your destination (drag). Finally, release the button (drop) when you finish dragging your selection to the destination. The object will drop into the new location. or Gently tap twice on the pad and on the second tap, keep your finger in contact with the pad. Then, move your finger across the pad to drag the selected object to your destination. When you lift your finger from the pad, the selected object will drop into place. Configuring the Touchpad You may want to configure the touchpad to suit your needs. For example, if you are a left-handed user, you can swap the two buttons so that you can use the right button as the left button and vice versa. You can also change the size of the on-screen pointer, the speed of the pointer, and so on. To configure the touchpad, go to Settings Devices Mouse & touchpad. 22 Using the Touchscreen (Optional) CAUTION: Do not use a sharp object such as a ballpoint pen or pencil on the touchscreen. Doing so may damage the touchscreen surface. The touchscreen is a touch-sensitive device that allows you to navigate on the screen without using a keyboard, touchpad, or mouse. Use the included stylus to select objects on the screen. The stylus can be stretched for better grip and handling. The following table shows how you use the touchscreen to obtain equivalent mouse functions. Term/Action Equivalent Mouse Function Tap: Touch the screen once. Double-tap: Touch the screen twice rapidly. Tap and hold: Tap and hold until a popup menu appears. Click/Point Double-click Right-click 23 Drag: Hold the stylus (or finger) on the screen and drag across the screen until reaching your destination. Drag Using Multi-touch Gestures (Optional) You can interact with your computer by placing two fingers on the screen. The movement of the fingers across the screen creates gestures, which send commands to the computer. Here are the multi-touch gestures that you can use:
Actions
( = finger down; = finger up) or Drag 1 or 2 fingers up or down. Move two fingers apart/toward each other. Gestures Pan
(Scroll) Zoom
(Pinch) Rotate or Move two fingers in opposing directions.
-or-
Use one finger to pivot around another. 24 Descriptions Use panning to see another part of a page that has scroll bars. Use zooming to make an item (a photo for example) on the screen larger or smaller. The gesture works in applications that support mouse wheel zooming. Use rotating to move a picture or other item on the screen in a circular direction (clockwise or counter-
clockwise). The gesture works in applications that support the specific gesture. Actions
( = finger down; = finger up) Descriptions Use press and tap to access the shortcut menu. Press on target and tap using a second finger. Tap two fingers at the same time (where the target is in the midpoint between the fingers). Make quick drag gestures in the desired direction. The function is defined by applications that support the specific gesture. Flick left or right to navigate back and forward in a browser and other applications. The gesture works in most applications that support back and forward. Gestures Press and Tap Two-
finger Tap Flicks 25 Using the Quick Buttons The Quick Buttons allow you to quickly start a program or activate a function. Default functions are:
Button Description Toggles the sunlight-readable mode on or off. An OSD (On Screen Display) pops up on the screen indicating the current status (MAX for on and MANUAL for off). In sunlight-readable mode, the LCD brightness is increased to the highest level. The mode automatically ends when the brightness setting is changed, the computer resumes from Sleep/Hibernation mode, or the computer is restarted. NOTE: The button works only when using battery power. Switches the ECO mode to the next choice (QUICK MODE, MAX POWER SAVING, WORK MODE, or OFF). An OSD (On Screen Display) pops up on the screen indicating the current status. The ECO mode will return to the default OFF setting when AC power is connected, any power related setting is changed, the computer resumes from Sleep/Hibernation mode, or the computer is restarted. Each ECO mode is a combination of power settings that results in different power consumptions. 26 Button P1 P2 P3 Description Toggles Blackout mode on or off. In Blackout mode, the LCD backlight, keyboard/button backlight, and LED indicators are all turned off; and the sound is muted. To bring the computer out of Blackout mode, press the power button. Toggles the touchpad off or on. An OSD (On Screen Display) pops up on the screen indicating the current status. Toggles the light sensor on or off. An OSD (On Screen Display) pops up on the screen indicating the current status (AUTO for on and MANUAL for off). When set to AUTO, the brightness will be automatically adjusted according to the current ambient light. The backlight will return to the default MANUAL setting whenever the computer resumes from Sleep/Hibernation mode or the computer is restarted. Configuring the Quick Buttons The button functions can be redefined. Use the G-Manager program and select the Buttons tab to configure the buttons. (See G-Manager in Chapter 6 for information.) 27 Using the DVD Drive Your computer comes with a Super Multi drive. The drive can read from and write to CD, DVD+, DVD- and DVD-RAM media. CAUTION:
When inserting a disc, do not use force. Make sure that the disc is correctly inserted into the tray, and then close the tray. Do not leave the drive tray open. Also, avoid touching the lens in the tray with your hand. If the lens becomes dirty, the drive may malfunction. Do not wipe the lens using materials with rough surface (such as paper towel). Instead, use a cotton swab to gently wipe the lens. FDA regulations require the following statement for all laser-based devices:
Caution, Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. NOTE: The DVD drive is classified as a Class 1 laser product. This label is located on the DVD drive. NOTE: This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 28 Inserting and Removing a Disc 1. Turn on the computer. 2. Locate the DVD drive on the left side of your computer. Slide the latch toward the right to unlock ( ) and then push down the latch to release the cover. 3. Press the eject button and the DVD tray will slide out partially. Gently pull on it until it is fully extended. 4. To insert a disc, place down the disc in the tray with its label facing up. Slightly press the center of the disc until it clicks into place. Eject Button To remove a disc, hold the disc by its outer edge and lift it up from the tray. 5. Gently push the tray back into the drive. 6. Close the cover. NOTE: In the unlikely event that you are unable to release the drive tray by pressing the eject button, you can manually 29 release the disc. (See You cannot eject a disc. in Chapter 8.) 30 Using Network and Wireless Connections Using the LAN The internal 10/100/1000Base-T LAN (Local Area Network) module allows you to connect your computer to a network. It supports data transfer rate up to 1000 Mbps. To connect the network cable to the LAN module, connect one end of the LAN cable to the RJ-45 connector on the computer and the other end to the network hub. LAN1 LAN2 Your computer supports two LAN modules (LAN1 and LAN2) so you can connect to two networks at the same time. 31 Using the WLAN The WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) module supports IEEE 802.11ac, compatible with 802.11a/b/g/n. Turning On/Off the WLAN Radio If you have previously turned off the WLAN radio, use this method to turn it on. Settings Network & Internet Wi-Fi. Slide the Wi-Fi switch to the Click On position To turn off the WLAN radio:
You can turn off the WLAN radio the same way you turn it on. Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode. Slide the Airplane If you want to quickly turn off all wireless radio, simply switch on Airplane mode. Click mode switch to the On position. You can also press Fn+F2 to switch Airplane mode on or off. Connecting to a WLAN Network 1. Make sure that the WLAN function is enabled (as described above). 2. Click the network icon in the lower right of the task bar. 3. In the list of available wireless networks, select a network, and then select Connect. 4. Some networks require a network security key or passphrase. To connect to one of those networks, ask your network administrator or Internet service provider
(ISP) for the security key or passphrase. For more information on setting a wireless network connection, refer to Windows online help. 32 Using the Bluetooth Feature The Bluetooth technology allows short-range wireless communications between devices without requiring a cable connection. Data can be transmitted through walls, pockets and briefcases as long as two devices are within range. Turning On/Off the Bluetooth Radio To turn on the Bluetooth radio:
If you have previously turned off the Bluetooth radio, use this method to turn it on. Settings Devices Bluetooth. Slide the Bluetooth switch to the Click On position. To turn off the Bluetooth radio:
You can turn off the Bluetooth radio the same way you turn it on. Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode. Slide the Airplane If you want to quickly turn off all wireless radio, simply switch on Airplane mode. Click mode switch to the On position. You can also press Fn+F2 to switch Airplane mode on or off. Connecting to another Bluetooth Device 1. Make sure that the Bluetooth function is enabled (as described above). 2. Make sure that the target Bluetooth device is turned on, discoverable and within close range. (See the documentation that came with the Bluetooth device.) 3. Click Settings Devices Bluetooth. 4. Select the device you want to connect from the search results. 5. Depending on the type of Bluetooth device that you want to connect to, you will need to enter the pertinent information. For detailed information on using the Bluetooth feature, see Windows online Help. 33 Using the WWAN Feature (Optional) A WWAN (Wireless Wide Area Network) uses mobile telecommunication cellular network technologies to transfer data. The WWAN module of your computer supports 3G. NOTE: Your model only supports data transmission. Voice transmission is not supported. Installing a SIM Card 1. Turn off the computer and disconnect the AC adapter. 2. Carefully place the computer upside down. 3. Unfasten four screws and flip open the cover. Be careful not to pull on the cables connected to the cover. 4. Locate the SIM card slot. Locate the SIM card slot. Slide the locking tab inward to unlock (). Lift the slot up and, noting the orientation, insert the SIM card into the slot (). Slide the locking tab outward to secure the SIM card in place (). 34 5. Close the cover and secure with four screws. Turning On/Off the WWAN Radio To turn on the WWAN radio:
If you have previously turned off the WWAN radio, use this method to turn it on. Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode. Slide the Cellular Click switch to the On position. To turn off the WWAN radio:
You can turn off the WWAN radio the same way you turn it on. Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode. Slide the Airplane If you want to quickly turn off all wireless radio, simply switch on Airplane mode. Click mode switch to the On position. You can also press Fn+F2 to switch Airplane mode on or off. Setting up a WWAN Connection Settings Network & Internet Cellular. (For detailed information on Click cellular settings in Windows 10, see Microsoft Support website.) 35 Using the Fingerprint Scanner
(Optional) WARNING:
We shall not be liable for any loss or damage whatsoever resulting from your use of the fingerprint scanner or neglect of fingerprint scanner use, or any data loss resulting from such developments as fingerprint authentication malfunctioning. It is not recommended that you use the fingerprint scanner in a below-
freezing temperature. The moisture on your finger can freeze to the scanners metal surface when you touch it, resulting in a failed operation. Besides, touching freezing metal with your finger can cause frostbite. The fingerprint scanner provides a strong authentication mechanism based on fingerprint recognition. To enroll your fingerprint and configure the function:
NOTE: You can enroll a fingerprint only after creating a password for the Windows user account. 1. Click Settings Accounts Sign-in options. 2. On the right side under Fingerprint, click Set up. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete. 36 NOTE: The fingerprint logon process can take a while. This is because the system has to check hardware devices and security configuration before initiating the fingerprint scanner. 37 Chapter 3 Chapter 3 Managing Power Your computer operates either on external AC power or on internal battery power. This chapter tells you how you can effectively manage power. To maintain optimal battery performance, it is important that you use the battery in the proper way. 38 AC Adapter CAUTION:
The AC adapter is designed for use with your computer only. Connecting the AC adapter to another device can damage the adapter. The AC power cord supplied with your computer is for use in the country where you purchased your computer. If you plan to go overseas with the computer, consult your dealer for the appropriate power cord. When you disconnect the AC adapter, disconnect from the electrical outlet first and then from the computer. A reverse procedure may damage the AC adapter or computer. When unplugging the connector, always hold the plug head. Never pull on the cord. The AC adapter serves as a converter from AC (Alternating Current) to DC (Direct Current) power because your computer runs on DC power, but an electrical outlet usually provides AC power. It also charges the battery pack when connected to AC power. The adapter operates on any voltage in the range of 100~240 V AC. 39 Battery Pack The battery pack is the internal power source for the computer. It is rechargeable using the AC adapter. The operating time of a fully charged battery pack depends on how you are using the computer. When your applications often access peripherals, you will experience a shorter operating time. NOTE: Care and maintenance information for the battery is provided in the Battery Pack Guidelines section in Chapter 7. Charging the Battery Pack NOTE:
Charging will not start if the batterys temperature is below 0 C (32 F) or above 40 C (104 F); the charging process will stop if the batterys temperature gets above 60 C (140 F). To avoid damaging the battery under this situation, disconnect the AC adapter and wait for the battery to return to room temperature before charging again. During charging, do not disconnect the AC adapter before the battery has been fully charged; otherwise you will get a prematurely charged battery. The battery level may automatically lessen due to the self-discharge process, even when the battery pack is fully charged. This happens no matter if the battery pack is installed in the computer. To charge the battery pack, connect the AC adapter to the computer and an electrical outlet. The Battery Charge Indicator (
) on the computer glows amber to indicate that charging is in progress. You are advised to keep the computer power off while the battery is being charged. When the battery is fully charged, the Battery Charge Indicator glows green. It takes approximately 4 hours to fully charge the Li-Ion battery pack when the computer is off, and approximately 7 hours to fully charge the battery pack when the computer is on. 40 CAUTION: After the computer has been fully recharged, do not immediately disconnect and reconnect the AC adapter to charge it again. Doing so may damage the battery. Initializing the Battery Pack You need to initialize a new battery pack before using it for the first time or when the actual operating time of a battery pack is much less than expected. Initializing is the process of fully charging, discharging, and then charging. It can take several hours. A software tool called Gauge Reset is provided for the purpose. Use the G-Manager program and select the Battery tab to find the tool. Checking the Battery Level NOTE: Any battery level indication is an estimated result. The actual operating time can be different from the estimated time, depending on how you are using the computer. By Operating System You can check the approximate battery level using the battery meter function of the operating system. To read the battery level in Windows, click the battery icon on the taskbar. By Gas Gauge On the exterior side of the battery pack is a gas gauge for displaying the estimated battery charge. When the battery pack is not installed in the computer and you want to know the battery charge, you can press the push-button to see the number of LEDs that light up. Each LED represents 25% charge. 41 Push-button Battery Low Signals and Actions The battery icon changes appearance to display the current state of the battery. Battery Icon Battery Level Description Discharging Low Critically low The icon shows the charge remaining in 10-percent increments until the charge reaches the low-battery level. The battery charge has reached the low-battery level (10% by default). The battery charge has reached the critical battery level (5% by default). By default, Windows will display a notification and put your computer into Hibernation. When the battery is low, the computers Battery Charge Indicator (
red to alert you to take actions.
) also blinks Always respond to low-battery by connecting the AC adapter, placing your computer in Hibernation mode, or turning off the computer. 42 Replacing the Battery Pack CAUTION:
There is danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace the battery only with the computer manufacturers optional battery packs. Discard used batteries according to the dealers instructions. Do not attempt to disassemble the battery pack. 1. Turn off the computer and disconnect the AC adapter. 2. Locate the battery pack on the right side of your computer. Slide the latch toward the right to unlock ( ) and then push down the latch to release the cover. 3. Pull the strip and slide the battery pack out of the slot. 4. With the strip facing outward, insert the new battery pack all the way into the slot. 5. Close the cover. 43 Power-Saving Tips Aside from enabling your computers power saving mode, you can do your part to maximize the batterys operating time by following these suggestions. Do not disable Power Management. Decrease the LCD brightness to the lowest comfortable level. Shorten the length of time before Windows turn off the display. When not using a connected device, disconnect it. Remove the card (such as smart card, ExpressCard, or PC card) if not using it. Turn off the wireless radio if you are not using the wireless module (such as WLAN, Bluetooth, or WWAN). Turn off the computer when you are not using it. 44 Chapter 4 Chapter 4 Expanding Your Computer You can expand the capabilities of your computer by connecting other peripheral devices. When using a device, be sure to read the instructions accompanying the device together with the relevant section in this chapter. 45 Connecting Peripheral Devices Connecting Display Monitor If you want the benefits of a larger display screen with higher resolution, you can connect an external display monitor to your computer. Your computer supports a VGA connector and a HDMI connector. HDMI
(High-Definition Multimedia Interface) is an audio/video interface that transmits uncompressed digital data and therefore delivers true HD quality. 1. Turn off the computer. 2. Depending on the type of your monitor, plug the monitors signal connector to the computers VGA or HDMI connector. VGA HDMI 3. Plug one end of the monitors power cord into the power socket on the monitor and the other end to an electrical outlet. 4. To use the monitor, turn on the monitor before turning on the computer. 5. The connected device should respond by default. If not, you can switch the display output by pressing the Fn+F9 hot keys. (You can also change the display through Windows Control Panel Display Settings Properties.) 46 Connecting a Serial Device Your computer has two serial ports for connecting a serial device. COM1 COM2 NOTE: The serial port is configured as RS232 by default. If you want to use it as RS422, run BIOS Setup to change the setting.
(See Advanced Menu in Chapter 5 for information.) Connecting a USB Device Your computer has four USB 3.0 ports for connecting USB devices, such as a digital camera, scanner, printer, modem, and mouse. 47 Connecting an Audio Device For higher audio quality, you can send or receive sound through external audio devices. Audio Output Connector can be connected to speakers, headphones, or earphone set. Microphone Connector can be connected to an external microphone for recording voice or sound. NOTE:
After connecting an external audio device, make sure that you specify the use of the correct audio device in Windows. When using the external speakers/headphones or microphone, you cannot use the internal one. 48 Using Storage and Expansion Cards Using Smart Cards Your computer has a smart card slot. With an embedded microcontroller, smart cards have the unique ability to store large amounts of data, carry out their own on-card functions (e.g., encryption and mutual authentication), and interact intelligently with a smart card reader. To insert a smart card:
1. Locate the smart card slot on the left side of the computer and open the protective cover. 2. Slide the smart card, with its label and embedded chip facing up into the slot. Chip 3. Close the cover. To remove a smart card:
1. Make sure that the software is not accessing the smart card. 2. Pull the card out of the slot. 3. Close the cover. 49 Using PC Cards Your computer has a PC card slot which supports PCMCIA Type II and CardBus specifications. To insert a PC card:
1. Locate the PC card slot on the left side of the computer and open the protective cover. 2. Slide the PC card, with its label facing up, into the slot until the eject button pops out. Eject button 3. Close the cover. To remove a PC card:
1. Double-click on the Safely Remove Hardware icon found on the Windows taskbar and the Safely Remove Hardware window appears on screen. 2. Select (highlight) the PC card from the list to disable the card. 3. Push the eject button and the card will slide out slightly. Pull the card out of the slot. 4. Close the cover. 50 Using ExpressCards Your computer has an ExpressCard slot. The ExpressCard slot can accommodate a 54 mm (ExpressCard/54) or 34 mm
(ExpressCard/34) wide ExpressCard. Typical ExpressCards support a very extensive range of applications including memory, wired and wireless communication cards, and security devices. To insert an ExpressCard:
1. Locate the ExpressCard slot on the left side of the computer and open the protective cover. 2. Slide the ExpressCard, with its label facing up, all the way into the slot until the rear connectors click into place. 3. Close the cover. To remove an ExpressCard:
1. Double-click on the Safely Remove Hardware icon found on the Windows taskbar and the Safely Remove Hardware window appears on screen. 2. Select (highlight) the ExpressCard from the list to disable the card. 3. Slightly push the card to release and then pull it out of the slot. 4. Close the cover. 51 Using Storage Cards NOTE: You can use only storage cards. Your Card Reader does not support cards with I/O (input/output) functions such as a wireless network card or Bluetooth card. Your computer has a storage card reader. The card reader is a small drive for reading from and writing to removable storage cards (or called memory cards). The reader supports SD (Secure Digital) cards. To insert a storage card:
1. Locate the SD card reader on the left side of the computer and open the cover. 2. Align the card with its connector pointing to the slot and its label facing up. Slide the card into the slot until it reaches the end. Windows will detect the card and assign it a drive name. 3. Close the cover. To remove a storage card:
1. Open File Explorer and click Computer. 2. Right-click the drive with the card and select Eject. 3. Slightly push the card to release and then pull it out of the slot. 4. Close the cover. 52 Changing or Replacing Replacing the Hard Disk Drive 1. Turn off the computer and disconnect the AC adapter. 2. Locate the hard disk drive on the right side of your computer and open the protective cover. 3. Pull the strip and slide the hard disk drive out of the slot. 4. With the strip facing outward, insert the new hard disk drive all the way into the slot. 5. Close the cover. Installing a Secondary Battery Pack or Hard Disk Drive You can purchase a secondary battery pack or hard disk drive to be installed in the multi-purpose device bay. 1. Locate the multi-purpose device bay on the left side of your computer and open the protective cover. 2. Pull the strip and slide the existing device out of the bay. 3. With the strip facing outward, insert the new device all the way into the bay. 53 4. Close the cover. System Memory Upgrade You can upgrade your computer by expanding system memory. CAUTION:
It is not recommended that you buy and install RAM modules by yourself. If you want to expand system memory, please ask Getac service center to install DRAM modules for you so that full compatibility can be guaranteed. RAM modules are extremely sensitive to static electricity. There are cases where static electricity generated by the human body has adversely affected such modules. When inserting or removing a RAM module, do not touch the terminals or internal components, insert objects other than the module, or allow foreign particles to enter. Doing so has been known to cause damage, fire, or electrical shock. To install the RAM module:
1. Disconnect the AC adapter and remove the battery pack. 2. Carefully place the computer upside down. 3. Remove the 6 screws to open the compartment cover. 54 4. To install the RAM module, match the module's notched part with the socket's projected part and firmly insert the module into the socket at a 20-degree angle
(). Then push down until the retaining clips lock the module into position
(). CAUTION: If the RAM module is difficult to insert or difficult to push down, do not force it. Check once more to ensure that the module is positioned correctly. 5. Replace the compartment cover and secure with 6 screws. 6. Replace the battery pack. 55 Chapter 5 Chapter 5 Using BIOS Setup BIOS Setup Utility is a program for configuring the BIOS (Basic Input/ Output System) settings of the computer. BIOS is a layer of software, called firmware, that translates instructions from other layers of software into instructions that the computer hardware can understand. The BIOS settings are needed by your computer to identify the types of installed devices and establish special features. This chapter tells you how to use the BIOS Setup Utility. 56 When and How to Use You need to run BIOS Setup Utility when:
You see an error message on the screen requesting you to run BIOS Setup Utility. You want to restore the factory default BIOS settings. You want to modify some specific settings according to the hardware. You want to modify some specific settings to optimize the system performance. To run BIOS Setup Utility, click Under Advanced startup, click Restart now. In the boot options menu, click Troubleshoot Advanced options UEFI Firmware Settings. Click Restart. Settings Update & security Recovery. In general, you can use the arrow keys to move around and + / keys to change the setup values. Keyboard information can be found at the bottom of the screen. NOTE: The actual setting items on your model may differ from those described in this chapter. 57 Menu Descriptions Information Menu The Information menu contains the basic configuration information of the system. There are no user-definable items in this menu. NOTE: The Asset Tag information appears when you have entered the asset number for this computer using the asset management program. The program is provided in the Asset tag folder of the Driver disc. Main Menu The Main menu contains the various system settings. System Date sets the system date. System Time sets the system time. OS Select specifies which version of Windows your computer is running. Boot Priority determines the first device that the system boots from. Select Legacy First or UEFI First according to your needs. Legacy USB Support enables or disables the systems support for Legacy USB device in DOS mode CSM Support enables or disables CSM (Compatibility Support Mode). You can set this item to Yes for backward compatibility with legacy BIOS services. PXE Boot sets the PXE boot to UEFI or Legacy. PXE (Preboot eXecution Environment) is an environment to boot computers using a network interface independently of data storage devices or installed operating systems. Internal Numlock sets if the Num Lock function of the built-in keyboard can work. When set to Enabled, you can press Fn + Num LK to activate the numeric keypad, which is embedded in the typewriter keys. When set to Disabled, Num 58 Lock does not work. In this case, you can still press Fn + a letter key to enter a number. Advanced Menu The Advanced menu contains the advanced settings. Wake Up Capability Any-key Wake Up from S3 allows any key to wake up the system from S3 (Sleep) state. USB Wake Up From S3 allow a USB device activity to wake up the system from S3 (Sleep) state. System Policy allows you to choose between Performance and Balance. If battery life is your first priority, select Balance. If you need system performance more than battery life, select Performance. AC Initiation sets if connecting AC power will automatically start or resume the system. SATA Mode Selection determines how the SATA controller works. It can be set to either AHCI or Intel RST Premium (RAID) mode. CAUTION: Incorrect SATA mode settings can result in hard disk drive boot failure. Active Management Technology Support (This item appears only on models supporting vPro.) Intel AMT Support enables or disables Intel Active Management Technology BIOS extension execution. AMT allows the system administrator to access an AMT featured computer remotely. Intel AMT Setup Prompt determines whether the prompt for entering Intel AMT Setup appears or not during POST. (This item only appears when the previous item is set to Enabled.) USB Provisioning of AMT enables or disables the use of a USB key for provisioning Intel AMT. Virtualization Technology Setup Intel(R) Virtualization Technology enables or disables Intel VT (Intel Virtualization Technology) feature which provides hardware support for processor virtualization. When enabled, a VMM (Virtual Machine Monitor) can utilize the 59 additional hardware virtualization capabilities provided by this technology. Intel(R) VT for Directed I/O (VT-d) enables or disables VT-d (Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O). When enabled, VT-d helps enhance Intel platforms for efficient virtualization of I/O devices. SW Guard Extensions (SGX) can be set to Disabled, Enabled, or Software Controlled. Intel Software Guard Extensions (Intel SGX) is an Intel technology for increasing the security of application code. It is used by application developers. Graphics Setup DVMT Pre-Allocated sets the amount of pre-allocated (fixed) graphics memory for use by the internal graphics device. Device Configuration enables or disables several hardware components. The items available for setting depend on your model. Diagnostics and System Tester H2ODST Tool performs system baseline check. Device Manager allows you to manage RAID volumes on the Intel RAID controller and Adaptec 6805 RAID card controller (if existing on your system). Note that the Intel RAID controller is available only when you set the SATA Mode Selection item to Intel RST Premium. Security Menu The Security menu contains the security settings, which safeguard your system against unauthorized use. NOTE:
You can set the user password only when the supervisor password has been set. If both the administrator and user passwords are set, you can enter any of them for starting up the system and/or entering BIOS Setup. However, the user password only allows you to view/change the settings of certain items. 60 Set Supervisor/User Password sets the supervisor/user password. You can set the supervisor/user password to be required for starting up the system and/or entering BIOS Setup. Strong Password enables or disables strong password. When enabled, the password you set must contain at least one upper-case letter, one lower-case letter, and one digit. Password Configuration sets the minimum password length. Enter the number in the input field and select [Yes]. The number should be between 4 and 64. Password on Boot allows you to enable or disable the entering of password for booting up your system. Set HDD 0 Password sets the password for locking the Primary Master hard disk drive. After setting a password, the hard disk drive can only be unlocked by the password no matter where it is installed. TPM Setup Menu TPM Support enables or disables TPM (Trusted Platform Module) support. TPM
(Trusted Platform Module) is a component on your computers mainboard that is specifically designed to enhance platform security by providing a protected space for key operations and other security critical tasks. Change TPM State allows you to select between No Change and Clear. Intel Trusted Execution Technology enables utilization of additional hardware capabilities provided by Intel Trusted Execution Technology. Boot Menu The Boot menu sets the sequence of the devices to be searched for the operating system. (See the information on the right side of the menu for keyboard usage.) Exit Menu The Exit menu displays ways of exiting BIOS Setup Utility. After finishing with your settings, you must save and exit so that the changes can take effect. 61 Exit Saving Changes saves the changes you have made and exits BIOS Setup Utility. Exit Discarding Changes exits BIOS Setup Utility without saving the changes you have made. Load Setup Defaults loads the factory default values for all the items. Discard Changes restores the previous values for all the items. Saves Changes saves the changes you have made. 62 Chapter 6 Chapter 6 Using Getac Software Getac software includes application programs for specific computer components and utility programs for overall management. This chapter briefly introduces the programs. 63 G-Manager G-Manager is a unified user interface utility that allows you to view, manage, or configure your computer features. With G-Manager, you can perform all or some of the tasks listed below. View system information. Check the battery status and configure the battery. Configure ECO modes (or called power profiles). Configure how the light sensor works. Change the function of the hardware button. Monitor the system. View the GPS information (select models only). Right-click the Getac Utility icon G-Manager to start the program. The G-Manager window appears, containing several tabs. located on Windows taskbar and select NOTE: Depending on your model, the actual items and information appearing on the screen may differ from those shown in this manual. 64 For detailed information on the program, see the programs online help. Help 65 Chapter 7 Chapter 7 Care and Maintenance Taking good care of your computer will ensure a trouble-free operation and reduce the risk of damage to your computer. This chapter gives you guidelines covering areas such as protecting, storing, cleaning, and traveling. 66 Protecting the Computer To safeguard the integrity of your computer data as well as the computer itself, you can protect the computer in several ways as described in this section. Using an Anti-Virus Strategy You can install a virus-detecting program to monitor potential viruses that could damage your files. Using the Cable Lock You can use a Kensington-type cable lock to protect your computer against theft. The cable lock is available in most computer stores. To use the lock, loop the lock cable around a stationary object such as a table. Insert the lock to the Kensington lock hole and turn the key to secure the lock. Store the key in a safe place. 67 68 Taking Care of the Computer Location Guidelines For optimal performance, use the computer where the recommended temperature is between 0 C (32 F) and 55 C (131 F). (Actual operating temperature depends on product specifications.) Avoid placing the computer in a location subject to high humidity, extreme temperatures, mechanical vibration, direct sunlight, or heavy dust. Using the computer in extreme environments for long periods can result in product deterioration and a shortened product life. Operating in an environment with metallic dust is not allowed. Place the computer on a flat and steady surface. Do not stand the computer on its side or store it in an upside-down position. A strong impact by dropping or hitting may damage the computer. Do not cover or block any ventilation openings on the computer. For example, do not place the computer on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. Otherwise, overheating may occur that results in damage to the computer. As the computer can become very hot during operation, keep it away from objects that are vulnerable to heat. Keep the computer at least 13 cm (5 inches) away from electrical appliances that can generate a strong magnetic field such as a TV, refrigerator, motor, or a large audio speaker. Avoid moving the computer abruptly from a cold to a warm place. A temperature difference of more than 10 C (18 F) may cause condensation inside the unit, which may damage the storage media. General Guidelines Do not place heavy objects on top of the computer when it is closed as this may damage the display. 69 Do not move the computer simply by grasping the display screen. The screen surface is easily scratched. Do not use paper towels to clean the display but use the included soft cloth. LCD image sticking occurs when a fixed pattern is displayed on the screen for a prolonged period of time. You can avoid the problem by limiting the amount of static content on the display. It is recommended that you use a screen saver or turn off the display when it is not in use. To maximize the life of the backlight in the display, allow the backlight to automatically turn off as a result of power management. Cleaning Guidelines Never clean the computer with its power on. Use a soft cloth moistened with water or a non-alkaline detergent to wipe the exterior of the computer. Gently wipe the display with a soft, lint-free cloth. Dust or grease on the touchpad can affect its sensitivity. Clean the pad by using adhesive tape to remove the dust and grease on its surface. If water or liquid is split onto the computer, wipe it dry and clean when possible. Though your computer is water-proof, do not leave the computer wet when you can dry it. If the computer gets wet where the temperature is 0C (32F) or below, freeze damage may occur. Make sure to dry the wet computer. Battery Pack Guidelines Recharge the battery pack when it is nearly discharged. When recharging, make sure that the battery pack is fully charged. Doing so may avoid harm to the battery pack. 70 The battery pack is a consumable product and the following conditions will shorten its life:
when frequently charging the battery pack when using, charging, or storing in high temperature condition To avoid hastening the deterioration of the battery pack thereby prolonging its useful life, minimize the number of times you charge it so as not to frequently increase its internal temperature. Charge the battery pack between 10 C ~ 30 C (50 F ~ 86 F) temperature range. A higher environment temperature will cause the battery packs temperature to rise. Avoid charging the battery pack inside a closed vehicle and in hot weather condition. Also, charging will not start if the battery pack is not within the allowed temperature range. It is recommended that you do not charge the battery pack more than once a day. It is recommended that you charge the battery pack with the computers power off. To maintain the battery packs operating efficiency, store it in a cool dark place removed from the computer and with 30 % ~ 40 % charge remaining. Important guidelines when using the battery pack. When installing or removing the battery pack take note of the following:
avoid installing or removing the battery pack when the computer is in Sleep mode. Abruptly removing the battery pack may cause loss of data or the computer may become unstable. avoid touching the battery pack terminals or damage may occur, thereby causing improper operation to it or the computer. The computers input voltage and surrounding temperature will directly affect the battery packs charge and discharge time:
charging time will be prolonged when the computer is turned on. To shorten the charging time, it is recommended that you place the computer in sleep or hibernation mode. a low temperature will prolong the charging time as well as hasten the discharge time. 71 When using battery power in an extremely low temperature environment, you may experience shortened operating time and incorrect battery level reading. This phenomenon comes from the chemical characteristics of batteries. The appropriate operating temperature for the battery is -10 C ~ 50 C (14 F ~ 122 F). Do not leave the battery pack in storage for more than six months without recharging it. Touchscreen Guidelines Use the finger or stylus on the display. Using a sharp or metallic object other than your finger or stylus may cause scratches and damage the display, thereby causing errors. Use a soft cloth to remove dirt on the display. The touchscreen surface has a special protective coating that prevents dirt from sticking to it. Not using a soft cloth may cause damage to the special protective coating on the touchscreen surface. Turn off the computer power when cleaning the display. Cleaning the display with the power on may cause improper operation. Do not use excessive force on the display. Avoid placing objects on top of the display as this may cause the glass to break thereby damaging the display. Using the touchscreen during low temperature (below 5 oC / 41 F) may cause a slower response time, this is normal. A normal response time may be restored upon returning to room temperature. When there is noticeable discrepancy in the operation of the touchscreen function
(wrong location on intended operation or improper display resolution), refer to the Windows online Help for instructions on recalibrating the touchscreen display. 72 When Traveling Before traveling with your computer, make a backup of your hard disk data into flash disks or other storage devices. As an added precaution, bring along an extra copy of your important data. Make sure that the battery pack is fully charged. Make sure that the computer is turned off and the top cover is securely closed. Make sure that all the connector covers are closed completely to ensure the waterproof integrity. Do not leave objects in between the keyboard and closed display. Disconnect the AC adapter from the computer and take it with you. Use the AC adapter as the power source and as a battery-charger. Hand-carry the computer. Do not check it in as luggage. If you need to leave the computer in the car, put it in the trunk of the car to avoid exposing the computer to excessive heat. When going through airport security, it is recommended that you send the computer and flash disks through the X-ray machine (the device you set your bags on). Avoid the magnetic detector (the device you walk through) or the magnetic wand (the handheld device used by security personnel). If you plan to travel abroad with your computer, consult your dealer for the appropriate AC power cord for use in your country of destination. 73 Chapter 8 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting Computer problems can be caused by hardware, software, or both. When you encounter any problem, it might be a typical problem that can easily be solved. This chapter tells you what actions to take when solving common computer problems. 74 Preliminary Checklist Here are helpful hints to follow before you take further actions when you encounter any problem:
Try to isolate which part of the computer is causing the problem. Make sure that you turn on all peripheral devices before turning on the computer. If an external device has a problem, make sure that the cable connections are correct and secure. Make sure that the configuration information is properly set in the BIOS Setup program. Make sure that all the device drivers are correctly installed. Make notes of your observations. Are there any messages on the screen? Do any indicators light? Do you hear any beeps? Detailed descriptions are useful to the service personnel when you need to consult one for assistance. If any problem persists after you follow the instructions in this chapter, contact an authorized dealer for help. 75 Solving Common Problems Battery Problems The battery does not charge (Battery Charge indicator does not light amber). Make sure that the AC adapter is properly connected. Make sure that the battery is not too hot or cold. Allow time for the battery pack to return to room temperature. If the battery doesn't charge after it has been stored in very low temperatures, try disconnecting and reconnecting the AC adapter to solve the problem. Make sure that the battery pack is installed correctly. Make sure that the battery terminals are clean. The operating time of a fully charged battery becomes shorter. If you often partially recharge and discharge, the battery might not be charged to its full potential. Initialize the battery to solve the problem. The battery operating time indicated by the battery meter does not match the actual operating time. The actual operating time can be different from the estimated time, depending on how you are using the computer. If the actual operating time is much less than the estimated time, initialize the battery. Bluetooth Problems I cannot connect to another Bluetooth-enabled device. Make sure that both devices have activated Bluetooth feature. Make sure that the distance between the two devices is within the limit and that there are no walls or other obstructions between the devices. Make sure that the other device is not in Hidden mode. 76 Make sure that both devices are compatible. Display Problems Nothing appears on the screen. During operation, the screen may automatically turn off as a result of power management. Press any key to see if the screen comes back. The brightness level might be too low. Increase brightness. The display output might be set to an external device. To switch the display back to the LCD, press the Fn+F9 hot key or change the display through the Display Settings Properties. The characters on the screen are dim. Adjust the brightness and/or contrast. The display brightness cannot be increased. As a protection, the display brightness will be fixed at a low level when the surrounding temperature is too high or too low. It is not a malfunction in this situation. Bad dots appear on the display at all times. A small number of missing, discolored, or bright dots on the screen are an intrinsic characteristic of TFT LCD technology. It is not regarded as a LCD defect. Clouding (or called mura) happens on the screen when you exert forces on the left or right side of the LCD frame. This is a normal phenomenon, not a defect. DVD Drive Problems The DVD drive cannot read a disc. Make sure that the disc is correctly seated in the tray, with the label facing up. 77 Make sure that the disc is not dirty. Clean the disc with a disc cleaning kit, available in most computer stores. Make sure that the computer supports the disc or the files contained. You cannot eject a disc. The disc is not properly seated in the drive. Manually release the disc by inserting a small rod, such as a straightened paperclip, into the drives manual eject hole and pushing firmly to release the tray. Hardware Device Problems The computer does not recognize a newly installed device. The device may not be correctly configured in the BIOS Setup program. Run the BIOS Setup program to identify the new type. Make sure if any device driver needs to be installed. (Refer to the documentation that came with the device.) Make sure if the device needs any jumper or switch settings. (Refer to the documentation that came with the device.) Check the cables or power cords for correct connections. For an external device that has its own power switch, make sure that the power is turned on. Hard Disk Drive Problems The hard disk drive error message appears on the screen. The hard disk drive has defects. Ask your dealer for help. 78 The hard disk drive operations seem slow. The data files stored on the hard disk drive may be fragmented. Defragment the drive. (See Windows online help for instructions.). The hard disk drive in-use indicator glows without blinking. The data files stored on the hard disk drive may be fragmented. Defragment the drive. (See Windows online help for instructions.). Keyboard and Touchpad Problems The keyboard does not respond. Try connecting an external keyboard. If it works, contact an authorized dealer, as the internal keyboard cable might be loose. Water or liquid is spilt into the keyboard. Immediately turn off the computer and unplug the AC adapter. Then tilt the keyboard 90 degrees to the right (where the drainpipe ends are located) to let the liquid flow out of the keyboard. Make sure to clean up any part of the spill you can get to. Though the keyboard of your computer is spill-proof, liquid will remain in the keyboard enclosure if you dont remove it. Wait for the keyboard to air dry before using the computer again. The touchpad does not work, or the pointer is difficult to control with the touchpad. Make sure that the touchpad is clean. LAN Problems I cannot access the network. Make sure that the LAN cable is properly connected to the RJ-45 connector and the network hub. Make sure that the network configuration is appropriate. Make sure that the user name or password is correct. 79 Power Management Problems The computer does not enter Sleep or Hibernation mode automatically. If you have a connection to another computer, the computer does not enter Sleep or Hibernation mode if the connection is actively in use. Make sure that the Sleep or Hibernation time-out is enabled. The computer does not enter Sleep or Hibernation mode immediately. If the computer is performing an operation, it normally waits for the operation to finish. The computer does not resume from Sleep or Hibernation mode. The computer automatically enters Sleep or Hibernation mode when the battery pack is empty. Do any one of the following:
Connect the AC adapter to the computer. Replace the empty battery pack with a fully charged one. Software Problems An application program does not work correctly. Make sure that the software is correctly installed. If an error message appears on the screen, consult the software programs documentation for further information. If you are sure the operation has stop, reset the computer. Sound Problems No sound is produced. Make sure that the volume control is not set too low. Make sure that the computer is not in Sleep mode. If using an external speaker, make sure that the speaker is properly connected. 80 Distorted sound is produced. Make sure that the volume control is not set too high or too low. In most cases, a high setting can cause the audio electronics to distort the sound. Startup Problems When you turn on the computer, it does not seem to respond. Make sure that either the AC adapter is connected or the battery has power. For models with the HDD preheat feature: When turning on the computer in an extremely low temperature environment, the computer will heat up the hard disk before starting up. The AC Power indicator (
) lights red to indicate the heater is on. Wait till the heating is finished. However, if external AC power is not available and the remaining battery power is too low for the heating to complete, the computer may not start up. In case the computer fails to start up, turn off the computer and leave it in room temperature for about an hour before trying to turn it on again. WLAN Problems I cannot use the WLAN feature. Make sure that the WLAN feature is turned on. Transmission quality is poor. Your computer may be in an out-of-range situation. Move your computer closer to the Access Point or another WLAN device it is associated with. Check if there is high interference around the environment and solve the problem as described next. Radio interference exists. Move your computer away from the device causing the radio interference such as microwave oven and large metal objects. 81 Plug your computer into an outlet on a different branch circuit from that used by the affecting device. Consult your dealer or an experienced radio technician for help. I cannot connect to another WLAN device. Make sure that the WLAN feature is turned on. Make sure that the SSID setting is the same for every WLAN device in the network. Your computer is not recognizing changes. Restart the computer. Make sure that the IP address or subnet mask setting is correct. I cannot communicate with the computer in the network when Infrastructure mode is configured. Make sure that the Access Point your computer is associated with is powered on and all the LEDs are working properly. If the operating radio channel is in poor quality, change the Access Point and all the wireless station(s) within the BSSID to another radio channel. Your computer may be in an out-of-range situation. Move your computer closer to the Access Point it is associated with. Make sure that your computer is configured with the same security option
(encryption) to the Access Point. Use the Web Manager/Telnet of the Access Point to check whether it is connected to the network. Reconfigure and reset the Access Point. I cannot access the network. Make sure that the network configuration is appropriate. Make sure that the user name or password is correct. You have moved out of range of the network. 82 Turn off power management. Other Problems The date/time is incorrect. Correct the date and time via the operating system or BIOS Setup program. After you have performed everything as described above and still have the incorrect date and time every time you turn on the computer, the RTC
(Real-Time Clock) battery is at the end of its life. Call an authorized dealer to replace the RTC battery. 83 Resetting the Computer You may have to reset (reboot) your computer on some occasions when an error occurs and the program you are using hangs up. If you are sure the operation has stopped and you cannot use the restart function of the operating system, reset the computer Reset the computer by any of these methods:
Press Ctrl+Alt+Del on the keyboard. This opens the Ctrl-Alt-Del screen where you can select actions including Restart. If the above action does not work, press and hold the power button for more than 5 seconds to force the system to turn off. Then turn on the power again. 84 System Restore, Recovery, or Reset Click Settings Update & security. You have several options. System Restore This option allows you to restore Windows to an earlier point in time if you have created a restore point. Recover from a drive If you have created a recovery drive on Windows 10, you can use the recovery drive to reinstall Windows Reset this PC This option allows you to reinstall Windows with or without keeping your files. See Microsoft website for more information. NOTE: System recovery for Windows 10 typically will take several hours to complete. 85 Using the Driver Disc (Optional) NOTE: You can download the latest drivers and utilities from Getac website at http://www.getac.com Support. The Driver disc contains drivers and utilities required for specific hardware in your computer. Since your computer comes with drivers and utilities pre-installed, you normally do not need to use the Driver disc. In case you want to manually install Windows, you will have to install the drivers and utilities one by one after installing Windows. To manually install drivers and utilities:
1. Start up the computer. 2. Insert the Driver disc. Make sure you use the disc that matches the Windows version of your computer. 3. The autorun program should automatically start. You will see the installation menu. Click NEXT to go to the next page if there is more than one. 4. To install a driver or utility, just click the particular button and follow the onscreen instructions to complete the installation. 86 Appendix A Specifications NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without any prior notice. Parts CPU BIOS RAM Specifications Intel Core i5-7440HQ vPro Processor 2.8 GHz, Max 3.8 GHz with Intel Turbo Boost Technology
- 6 MB Intel Smart Cache
- Mobile Intel QM175 Chipset Intel Core i7-7820HQ vPro Processor 2.9 GHz, Max 3.9 GHz with Intel Turbo Boost Technology
- 8 MB Intel Smart Cache
- Mobile Intel QM175 Chipset Intel Xeon E3-1505M v6 vPro Processor 3.0 GHz, Max 4.0 GHz with Intel Turbo Boost Technology
- 8 MB Intel Smart Cache
- Mobile Intel CM238 Chipset 16 MB SPI Flash Default 8 GB (for Intel Core processors) or 16 GB (for Intel Xeon processors), Max. 64 GB, DDR4 SO-DIMM Option: ECC DDR4 R-DIMM Video Controller Default: UMA - Intel HD Graphics 630 Option: Nvidia N16P-GT (Geforce 950M) Display panel 15.6-inch (16:9) TFT LCD, FHD 1920x1080, sunlight readable, 1200 Nits Audio Features maximum brightness, touchscreen with stylus (option) Azalia 32 bit, 192KHz chipset, HD audio support, MS-Sound compatible Speaker Microphone Speaker 2 Integrated microphone 87 Parts Keyboard Pointing device Storage device Hard disk drive DVD drive Card slots I/O ports LAN Specifications Standard keys with numeric pad keys, 12 function keys, special Fn (Function) key and Windows keys, water-proof membrane, with backlight (option) Glide touchpad with 2 buttons SATA III interface, 2.5-inch diameter, shock-mounted, user-removable, solid-state disk (option), HDD heater (option), secondary hard disk drive and RAID support (option) SATA interface, Super-Multi DVD drive PCMCIA CardBus Type II ExpressCard/54 Smart Card Secure Digital card USB 3.0 x 4, serial (RS232/RS422) x 2, VGA, HDMI, RJ-45 x 2, headphone out, microphone, docking LAN1: Intel Jacksonville LM Gigabit Network Connection LAN2: Realtek 8111H WLAN + Bluetooth GPS (option) Intel (Windstorm Peak 8265) 802.11 AC + Bluetooth 4.2 combo GPS module WWAN (option) Camera (option) WWAN 3G minicard, external accessible SIM card slot 2M FHD Webcam Security Power AC adapter Kensington lock TPM 2.0 Fingerprint scanner, slide type (option) Smart Card Reader Universal AC adapter, 150 W; input: 100240 V, output: 19 V Battery pack 8700mAH, 9 cells, 10.8V Dimension (LxWD) 410 x 290 x 65mm (16.1 11.4 2.5 inch) 5.2 kg (11.4 lb) Weight 88 Appendix B Regulatory Information This appendix provides regulatory statements and safety notices on your computer. NOTE: Marking labels located on the exterior of your computer indicate the regulations that your model complies with. Please check the marking labels and refer to the corresponding statements in this appendix. Some notices apply to specific models only. 89 On the Use of the System Class B Regulations USA Federal Communications Commission Radio Frequency Interference Statement NOTE:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Please note:
The use of a non-shielded interface cable with this equipment is prohibited. 90 Canada Canadian Department of Communications Radio Interference Regulations Class B Compliance Notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canada Interference-Causing equipment regulations. Cet appareil numrique de Classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Rglement Canadien sur le matriel brouileur. This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. Le prsent appareil numrique nmet pas de bruits radiolectriques dpassant les limites applicables aux appareils numriques de la classe B prescrites dans le Rglement sur le brouillage radiolectrique dict par le ministre des Communications du Canada. Safety Notices About the Battery Keep the battery pack out of the reach of children. Caution Texts Concerning Lithium Batteries DANISH ADVARSEL! Lithiumbatteri Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. NORWEGIAN ADVARSEL: Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. SWEDISH VARNING: Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en 91 ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. FINNISH VAROITUS: Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan valmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti. ENGLISH CAUTION: Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the equipment manufacturer. Discard used batteries according to manufacturer's instructions. DEUTSCH VORSICHT: Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemem Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom Hersteller empfohlenen gleich-wertigen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. FRENCH ATTENTION: II y a danger dexplosion sil y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du mme type ou dun type quivalent recommand par le constructeur. Mettre au rebut les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. Attention (for USA Users) The product that you have purchased contains a rechargeable battery. The battery is recyclable. At the end of its useful life, under various state and local laws, it may be illegal to dispose of this battery into the municipal waste stream. Check with your local solid waste officials for details in your area for recycling options or proper disposal. About the AC Adapter Use only the AC adapter supplied with your computer. Use of another type of AC adapter will result in malfunction and/or danger. Do not use the adapter in a high moisture environment. Never touch the adapter when your hands or feet are wet. 92 Allow adequate ventilation around the adapter when using it to operate the device or charge the battery. Do not cover the AC adapter with paper or other objects that will reduce cooling. Do not use the AC adapter while it is inside a carrying case. Connect the adapter to a proper power source. The voltage requirements are found on the product case and/or packaging. Do not use the adapter if the cord becomes damaged. Do not attempt to service the unit. There are no serviceable parts inside. Replace the unit if it is damaged or exposed to excess moisture. Option ANSI Instruction INSTALLATION INSTURCTIONS:
This equipment is suitable for use in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D or non-hazardous locations only. WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be non-hazardous. WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD - Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I, Division 2. WARNING - EXPLOSION HAZARD - External Connections/Hubs are not to be used in a Hazardous Location. WARNING - EXPLOSION HAZARD - Notebook is to be only powered from the battery pack while in Hazardous Locations. Replace battery manufactured by Getac Technology Corp. only. Use of another battery may present a risk of fire or explosion. 93 On the Use of the RF Device USA and Canada Safety Requirements and Notices This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution:
Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 94 Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. Note: The country code selection is for non-US model only and is not available to all US model. Per FCC regulation, all Wi-Fi product marketed in US must fixed to US operation channels only. Canada Radio Frequency Interference Requirements This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1) 2) this device may not cause interference, and this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes:
1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada. This device and its antenna(s) must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter, except tested built-in radios. Cet appareil et son antenne ne doivent pas tre situs ou fonctionner en conjonction avec une autre antenne ou un autre metteur, exception faites des radios intgres qui ont t testes. The County Code Selection feature is disabled for products marketed in the US/ Canada. 95 La fonction de slection de l'indicatif du pays est dsactive pour les produits commercialiss aux tats-Unis et au Canada. Radiation Exposure Statement:
The product comply with the Canada portable RF exposure limit set forth for an uncontrolled environment and are safe for intended operation as described in this manual. The further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available. Dclaration d'exposition aux radiations:
Le produit est conforme aux limites d'exposition pour les appareils portables RF pour les Etats-Unis et le Canada tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Le produit est sr pour un fonctionnement tel que dcrit dans ce manuel. La rduction aux expositions RF peut tre augmente si l'appareil peut tre conserv aussi loin que possible du corps de l'utilisateur ou que le dispositif est rgl sur la puissance de sortie la plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible. Caution :
1) 2) 3) 4) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;
the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limit; and the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5825 MHz shall comply with the e.i.r.p. limits specified for point-to-point and non point-to-point operation as appropriate. the worst-case tilt angle(s) necessary to remain compliant with the e.i.r.p. elevation mask requirement set forth in Section 6.2.2(3) shall be clearly indicated. 5) Users should also be advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. 96 Avertissement:
1) 2) 3) 4) les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont rservs uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;
le gain maximal dantenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 MHz doit se conformer la limite de p.i.r.e.;
le gain maximal dantenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande 5725-5825 MHz) doit se conformer la limite de p.i.r.e. spcifie pour lexploitation point point et non point point, selon le cas. les pires angles dinclinaison ncessaires pour rester conforme lexigence de la p.i.r.e. applicable au masque dlvation, et nonce la section 6.2.2 3), doivent tre clairement indiqus. 5) De plus, les utilisateurs devraient aussi tre aviss que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., quils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. European Union CE Marking and Compliance Notices Statements of Compliance English This product follows the provisions of the European Directive 2014/53/EU. Danish Dette produkt er i overensstemmelse med det europ iske direktiv 2014/53/EU. Dutch Dit product is in navolging van de bepalingen van Europees Directief 2014/53/EU. Finnish Tm tuote noudattaa EU-direktiivin 2014/53/EU mryksi. 97 French Ce produit est conforme aux exigences de la Directive Europenne 2014/53/EU. German Dieses Produkt entspricht den Bestimmungen der Europischen Richtlinie 2014/53/EU. Greek To 2014/53/EU. Icelandic essi vara stenst regluger Evrpska Efnahags Bandalagsins nmer 2014/53/EU. Italian Questo prodotto conforme alla Direttiva Europea 2014/53/EU. Norwegian Dette produktet er i henhold til bestemmelsene i det europeiske direktivet 2014/53/EU. Portuguese Este produto cumpre com as normas da Diretiva Europia 2014/53/EU. Spanish Este producto cumple con las normas del Directivo Europeo 2014/53/EU. Swedish Denna produkt har tillverkats i enlighet med EG-direktiv 2014/53/EU. Notices CE Max power:
WLAN 2.4G: 16.5 dBm WLAN 5G: 16.8 dBm BT: 10 dBm WWAN: 23.2 dBm The device is restricted to indoor use only when operating in the 5150 to 5350 MHz frequency range. 98 AT EE IT PT BE FI LV RO BG FR LT SK HR DE LU SI CY EL MT ES CZ HU NL SE DK IE PL UK Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) This symbol means that according to local laws and regulations your product and/or its battery shall be disposed of separately from household waste. When this product reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities. Proper recycling of your product will protect human health and the environment. 99 User Notification of Take-back Service To Institutional (B2B) Users in United States:
Getac believes in providing our institutional customers with easy-to-use solutions to recycle your Getac-brand products for free. Getac understands the institutional customers will likely be recycling multiple items at once and as such. Getac wants to make the recycling process for these larger shipments as streamlined as possible. Getac works with recycling vendors with the highest standards for protecting our environment, ensuring worker safety, and complying with global environmental laws. Our commitment to recycling our old equipment grows out of our work to protect the environment in many ways. Please see the product type below for information on Getac product, battery and packaging recycling in USA. For Product Recycling:
Your portable Getac products contain hazardous materials. While they pose no risk to you during normal use, they should never be disposed with other wastes. Getac provides a free take-back service for recycling your Getac products. Our electronics recycler will provide competitive bids for recycling non-Getac products as well. For Battery Recycling:
The batteries used to power your portable Getac products contain hazardous materials. While they pose no risk to you during normal use, they should never be disposed with other wastes. Getac provides a free take-back service for recycling your batteries from Getac products. For Packaging Recycling:
Getac has chosen the packaging materials used to transport our products carefully, to balance the requirements of shipping the product to you safely while minimizing the amount of material used. The materials used in our packaging are designed to be recycled locally. If you have the above for recycling, please contact our recycler, All Green Electronics Recycling, LLC. For more information on recycling, visit the website http://www.allgreenrecycling.com. 100 ENERGY STAR 6.1 ENERGY STAR is a government program that offers businesses and consumers energy-efficient solutions, making it easy to save money while protecting the environment for future generations. Please reference ENERGY STAR related information from http://www.energystar.gov. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Getac Technology Corporation has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. An ENERGY STAR qualified computer uses 70 % less electricity than computers without enabled power management features. Earning the ENERGY STAR When every home office is powered by equipment that has earned the ENERGY STAR, the change will keep over 289 billion pounds of greenhouse gases out of the air. If left inactive, ENERGY STAR qualified computers enter a low-power mode and may use 15 watts or less. New chip technologies make power management features more reliable, dependable, and user-friendly than even just a few years ago. Spending a large portion of time in low-power mode not only saves energy, but helps equipment run cooler and last longer. 101 Businesses that use ENERGY STAR enabled office equipment may realize additional savings on air conditioning and maintenance. Over its lifetime, ENERGY STAR qualified equipment in a single home office
(e.g., computer, monitor, printer, and fax) can save enough electricity to light an entire home for more than 4 years. Power management (sleep settings) on computers and monitors can result in much savings annually. Remember, saving energy prevents pollution Because most computer equipment is left on 24 hours a day, power management features are important for saving energy and are an easy way to reduce air pollution. By using less energy, these products help lower consumers utility bills, and prevent greenhouse gas emissions. Getac Product Compliance All Getac products with ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. As recommended by the ENERGY STAR program for optimal energy savings, the computer is automatically set to sleep after 15 minutes (in battery mode) and 30 minutes (in AC mode) of user inactivity. To wake up the computer, press the power button. If you want to configure power management settings such as inactivity time and ways to initiate/end Sleep mode, go to Power Options by right-clicking the battery icon on the Windows taskbar and then selecting Power Options in the pop-up menu. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. 102 Battery Recycling For the U.S. and Canada only:
To recycle the battery, please go to the RBRC Call2Recycle website or use the Call2Recycle Helpline at 800-822-8837. Call2Recycle is a product stewardship program providing no-cost battery and cellphone recycling solutions across the U.S. and Canada. Operated by Call2Recycle, Inc., a 501(c)4 nonprofit public service organization, the program is funded by battery and product manufacturers committed to responsible recycling. See more at:
http://www.call2recycle.org 103
various | User Manual | Users Manual | 1.35 MiB | September 08 2018 / June 02 2019 |
RX10 USER MANUAL Rugged Mobile Computing Solutions July 2018 Trademarks All brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. Notes The information in this manual is subject to change without notice. For the latest version of the manual, please visit the Getac website at www.getac.com. Manufacturer Contact Information Name: Getac Technology Corp. Address: 5F., Building A, No. 209, Sec. 1, Nangang Rd., Nangang Dist., Phone: +886-2-2785-7888 Taipei City, 11568, Taiwan, R.O.C. Table of Contents Chapter 1 Getting Started Chapter 2 Operating Your Tablet PC Getting the Tablet PC Running
................................................................. 1
................................................. 2
.............................................................................. 2 Taking a Look at the Tablet PC Product Applications Turning On and Off the Tablet PC Front Components Rear Components Left-Side Components Top Components Bottom Components Unpacking Installing the Micro-SIM Card (Optional) and Battery Pack Connecting to AC Power Using the Tether
......................................................................................... 3
....................................................... 4
.................................................................... 5
................................................. 6
................................................................. 6
.................................................................. 9
......................................................... 11
.................................................................. 12
........................................................... 12
.............................................. 13
................................................................ 14
.......................................... 16
........................................................................... 16
.......................................................................... 16
........................................................ 17
........................................................ 17
........................... 20
..................................................... 21
................................................................... 21
.............................................. 22
................................ 23
............................................................ 24
............................................................................... 25
.............................................................................. 26
.................................................. 26
................................................ 27
................................................. 27 Using the WLAN Using the Bluetooth Feature Using the WWAN Feature (Optional) Charging the Battery Pack Initializing the Battery Pack Checking the Battery Level Navigating on the Screen Using the Touchscreen Using the Dual Mode Display (Optional) Using Wireless Connections AC Adapter Battery Pack Turning On Turning Off i Chapter 3 Managing Power Chapter 6 Using BIOS Setup Chapter 4 Models with High Capacity Battery Enhanced and Additional Features Using Smart Cards Chapter 5 Using Options and Peripherals Battery Low Signals and Actions Replacing the Battery Pack Hot Swapping the Battery Pack Power-Saving Tips Using the Fingerprint Scanner (Optional) Enrolling a Fingerprint Fingerprint Login Cleaning the Fingerprint Scanner Using the NFC/RFID Reader (Optional) Using the Barcode Scanner (Optional) Connecting Peripheral Devices Connecting a USB Device Connecting an Audio Device Connecting an HDMI Display Monitor
........................................ 28
................................................. 29
.......................................... 31
.................................................................... 33
.............................. 34
........................................ 35
.................................................................... 36
...................................... 38
.............................. 39
........................................................ 39
................................................................. 40
....................................... 40
................................... 41
................................... 42
............................................... 43
.................................................... 43
.............................................. 44
............................... 44
............................................................ 45
............................................................. 46
................................................................... 47
............................................................... 47
........................................................................... 47
................................................................... 47
...................................................................... 50
........................................................................... 51
............................................................................. 51
.................................................... 52
................................................................... 53
............................................................................... 54
................................................................ 56
................................................... 57
.................................................. 58
............................................................. 58
.............................................................. 58
............................................................. 59
....................................................... 59
....................................................... 61
........................................................................ 62 When and How to Use Menu Descriptions Information Menu Main Menu Advanced Menu Security Menu Boot Menu Exit Menu OSD Control Panel G-Manager G-Camera (Optional) Location Guidelines General Guidelines Cleaning Guidelines Battery Pack Guidelines Touchscreen Guidelines When Traveling ii Chapter 7 Using Getac Software Chapter 8 Care and Maintenance Taking Care of the Tablet PC Chapter 9 Troubleshooting Resetting the Tablet PC System Recovery Preliminary Checklist Solving Common Problems Battery Problems Bluetooth Wireless Transmission Problems Display Problems Hardware Device Problems Power Management Problems Sensor Problems Software Problems Sound Problems Startup Problems WLAN Problems Other Problems
............................................................. 63
................................................................ 64
...................................................... 65
................................................................. 65
....................... 65
.................................................................. 66
................................................. 66
........................................... 67
................................................................... 67
.............................................................. 68
................................................................... 68
................................................................. 69
................................................................... 69
.................................................................... 71
........................................................... 72
....................................................................... 73
............................................................... 73
..................................................... 74
................................................................ 75
................................................................. 76
................................................. 79
............................................................... 80
........................................................ 81
.............................................................. 81
....................................................................... 82
....................................................... 83
.................................................... 87
.......... 87
..... 89
................................... 91
..................................................................... 92
...................................................................... 94 USA and Canada Safety Requirements and Notices European Union CE Marking and Compliance Notices Class B Regulations ANSI Warning Cautions and Warnings Using Windows RE Using Recovery Partition User Notification of Take-back Service ENERGY STAR 7.0 Battery Recycling Marks and Meanings On the Use of the System On the Use of the RF Device Using the Driver Disc Appendix A Specifications Appendix B Regulatory Information iii Chapter 1 Getting Started Congratulations on purchasing this healthcare Tablet PC. This chapter first tells you step by step how to get the Tablet PC up and running. Then, you will find a section briefly introducing the external components of the Tablet PC. 1 Getting the Tablet PC Running Unpacking After unpacking the shipping carton, you should find these standard items:
RX10 Tablet PC AC adapter AC power cord Battery pack Stylus Tether Driver disc Document(s) Inspect all the items. If any item is damage or missing, notify your dealer immediately. NOTE: This packing list applies to standard models. Select models may have different items. 2 Installing the Micro-SIM Card (Optional) and Battery Pack 1. Select models only:
With the micro-SIM cards chip side facing up and the beveled corner pointing to the slot, insert the card all the way into the slot. NOTE: To remove the micro-SIM card, just push in the card to pop-out and remove the card. 2. With the battery pack correctly oriented, attach its connector side to the battery compartment at an angle () and then press down the other side
(). The battery latch should be engaged in the locked position (
). 3 CAUTION: Make sure the battery latch is correctly locked, not revealing the underneath red part. Connecting to AC Power CAUTION: Use only the AC adapter included with your Tablet PC. Using other AC adapters may damage the Tablet PC. NOTE:
The battery pack is shipped to you in power saving mode that protects it from charging/discharging. It will get out of the mode to be ready for use when you install the battery pack and connect AC power to the Tablet PC for the very first time. When the AC adapter is connected, it also charges the battery pack. For information on using battery power, see Chapter 3. You must use AC power when starting up the Tablet PC for the very first time. 1. Plug the DC cord of the AC adapter to the power connector of the Tablet PC (). 2. Plug the female end of the AC power cord to the AC adapter and the male end to an electrical outlet (). 3. Power is being supplied from the electrical outlet to the AC adapter and onto your Tablet PC. Now, you are ready to turn on the Tablet PC. 4 Using the Tether A tether is provided for attaching the stylus to your Tablet PC. 1. Insert one of the tethers loop ends through the hole of the stylus (as indicated by below). Then, insert the other end through the first loop
(as indicated by below) and pull it tight. 2. Insert the other loop end to the tether hole on the Tablet PC (as indicated by below). Then, insert the stylus end through the loop (as indicated by below) and pull it tight. 5 Taking a Look at the Tablet PC NOTE: Depending on the specific model you purchased, the color and look of your model may not exactly match the graphics shown in this document. CAUTION: You need to open the protective covers to access the connectors. When not using a connector, make sure to close the cover completely for water- , dust-, and fire-proof integrity. (Engage the locking mechanism if existing.) Front Components Ref Component Camera lens
(optional) None Description Allows you to use the camera function. When the camera lens is in use, the indicator beside it lights up. Or can be one of the below components depending on your model:
6 Ref Component Description Fingerprint scanner NFC/RFID reader Microphone Light sensor Indicators Power Battery Charge RF (Radio Frequency) P1 button P2 button Serves as the fingerprint verification, preventing unauthorized access to your Tablet PC. Reads data from NFC/RFID tags. Receives sound and voice. Senses the ambient light for automatic adjustments of the display backlight. Lights blue when the power is on. Blinks blue when the system is in Sleep mode. Lights amber when the battery is being charged. Lights green when battery charging is completed. Blinks green to indicate the batterys built-in high temperature protection mechanism is activated. CAUTION: Do not remove the battery during this period. Blinks red (once per second) when the batterys capacity is below 10%. Blinks red rapidly (once per 0.5 second) when there is a thermal protection problem. Ask for repair service in case this happens. Blinks amber when the battery charging is in an abnormal state. Replace the battery in case this happens. Lights blue when the RF radio of any RF feature
(WLAN/Bluetooth/WWAN) is on. Starts the G-Camera program. Opens or closes the OSD Control Panel. When pressed longer:
Serves as the Ctrl+Alt+Del keyboard keys. 7 Ref Component Windows logo button Volume up button Volume down Description Opens or closes the Start menu. Increases the sound volume. Decreases the sound volume. button Power button Turns the power on or off. (The default off state is Sleep mode.) With a default setting of 2-second delay, you have to press the button for at least 2 seconds for it to function. Displays and receives information for the Tablet PC. Touchscreen NOTE:
The hardware buttons (except the power button) can be re-defined using G-Manager. Some of the hardware buttons provide keyboard key functions on POST/BIOS Setup/Non-ACPI occasions. (See Button Functions on Special Occasions in Appendix A for information.) 8 Rear Components NOTE: For supplementary information on models with high capacity battery, see Chapter 4. Ref Component Tetherhole Stylus/
digitizer pen Bridge Battery indicator Description Stylus can be tethered to this hole. Serves as the input device by tapping on the touchscreen to make selections and enter information. Lights up if you unlock the battery latch while operating the computer on battery power. The indicator is intended to inform whether you can safely hot swap the battery pack. Green light: The bridge battery can sustain power for up to 1 minute, during which you can hot swap the battery pack. Red light: The bridge battery level is too low for you to safely hot swap the battery pack. 9 Ref Component Battery pack Expansion connector SSD (inside the cover) Speaker Camera lens
(optional) Flash
(optional) Description Blinking in amber: The bridge battery charging is in an abnormal state. Ask for repair service in case this happens. Supplies power to your Tablet PC when external power is not connected. Inside is the micro-SIM card slot (optional). Connects to a proprietary expansion module Reserved
(available as an option). Inside is the SSD (Solid-State Disk), storage device of your Tablet PC. When needed, you can open the cover by removing 4 screws to replace the SSD. Sends out sound and voice from your Tablet PC. Allows you to use the camera function. When the camera lens is in use, the indicator beside it lights up. Provides extra light when taking pictures. 10 Left-Side Components Slide down to open the protective cover. Ref Component Barcode scanner lens (optional) USB 3.0 port Micro HDMI connector Combo audio connector Description Emits red light for barcode scanning. Connects a USB device, such as a USB flash disk, printer, digital camera, joystick, and more. Connects a HDMI monitor or TV set. Connects a set of headphones or external speakers with amplifier Supports a headset microphone with 4-pole TRRS 3.5mm jack. Power connector Connects the AC adapter. 11 Top Components Ref Component Trigger button
(optional) Description Activates the scanning of one barcode. Bottom Components Ref Component Docking connector Antenna pass-
through
(optional) Description Connects to the docking station (available as an Reserved option). Connects to the docking station for using external GPS/WLAN/WWAN antenna. GPS WWAN WLAN 12 Chapter 2 Operating Your Tablet PC This chapter provides information about the use of the Tablet PC. If you are new to computers, reading this chapter will help you learn the operating basics. If you are already a computer user, you may choose to read only the parts containing information unique to your Tablet PC. CAUTION:
Do not expose your skin to the Tablet PC when operating it in a very hot or cold environment. The Tablet PC can get uncomfortably warm when you use it in high temperatures. As a safety precaution in such a circumstance, do not place the Tablet PC on your lap or touch it with your bare hands for extended periods of time. Prolonged body contact can cause discomfort and potentially a burn. 13 Product Applications RX10 is a Tablet PC designed for healthcare environments. Some possible applications include:
A mobile device for health care professionals Health care professionals such as doctors and nurses can use the device to access and maintain patients health records while on ward rounds. Health data can be transmitted in real-time over the wireless network to the hospitals health information management system, where data are stored. Information accuracy With the devices barcode/RFID/NFC reader and appropriate software*, hospital staff can access data by scanning patients wristbands and barcode/RFID tags/NFC tags attached to medications. The patients identification and his/her matching medication can be quickly verified. This eliminates errors that can occur when data are first written by hand and then manually entered into the computer system. Communications and information gathering On hospital ward rounds, doctors/nurses can use the device to show graphical information to the patients for better understanding and communications. Using the devices front/rear camera function, doctors/nurses can take photos right on the spot when information gathering and recording is needed. Confidentiality and security Hospitals are responsible for protecting electronic health records. With specific hardware component on the device and appropriate software*, hospitals can implement fingerprint recognition, barcode scanning, or RFID/NFC scanning in their staff authentication process. This additional layer of authentication besides passwords ensures the security of the hospitals health information management system. Use in emergency medical services At the location of the emergency, emergency services personnel can use the device to record the patients physical health conditions and instantly send the data back to the hospital over wireless network. The patients information can be registered while the patient is on the way to the hospital. NOTE: * Appropriate software means application software developed by the hospitals internal staff or a third-party, using the provided SDK
(software development kit). 14 WARNING: This device is for use by qualified operators only. The antenna/
docking/SIM card/battery connector pins must not be allowed to directly or indirectly contact the patients. For example, to prevent causing indirect contact, the operator must not touch patients and connector pins simultaneously. 15 Turning On and Off the Tablet PC Turning On Press the power button (
lights up. The Windows operating system should start.
) for at least 2 seconds until the Power Indicator NOTE:
By default, there is 2-second delay time for the power button. You can change the setting with the Power Button Delay item in the BIOS Setup Utility. (See Advanced Menu in Chapter 6.) Tapping the screen during startup may invoke a pre-boot menu (unless the default settings have been changed). If the menu appears, simply select Continue. Turning Off When you finish a working session, you can stop the system by turning off the power or leaving it in Sleep or Hibernation mode:
To... Power off
(Shutdown) Sleep Hibernate Tap Power Shut down. Do this... Press the power button.*
-or-
Tap By default, this option is not shown in the Start menu. If you want to use the feature, set up accordingly in Windows settings. Power Sleep.
* Sleep is the default setting of the power button. You may change what the power button does in Windows settings. 16 Navigating on the Screen The screen of your Tablet PC is touch-sensitive. You can control the location of the cursor/pointer on the screen using the included stylus or your finger to communicate with the Tablet PC. CAUTION: Do not use a sharp object such as a ballpoint pen or pencil on the touchscreen. Doing so may damage the touchscreen surface. Use the included stylus or your finger. NOTE: An optical film has been attached to the screen before shipment. The film is a consumable, which will be worn out by possible scratches. You can purchase a new one when replacement is required. Using the Touchscreen Your Tablet PC has a capacitive touchscreen. This type of touchscreen responds to objects that have conductive properties, such as fingertips and a capacitive-tipped stylus. You can change the touchscreen sensitivity settings to suit your scenario. Double-tap the Touch Screen Mode shortcut on Windows desktop to open the settings menu and select one of the options (as shown below). Select this if you prefer using fingertips. Also, select this when raindrops are falling on the screen and should be rejected as input. Select this if you are using the stylus. (You must use the one supplied with your model.) Select this if you are wearing gloves
(referring to warm gloves or work gloves, not referring to touchscreen-capable gloves). NOTE:
In high temperatures (above 60 oC / 140 F), set the mode to Touch instead of Glove or Pen mode. If liquid is spilled on the touchscreen causing a wet area, the area will stop responding to any inputs. For the area to function again, you must dry it. 17 The following table shows how you use the touchscreen to obtain equivalent mouse functions. Term/Action Tap: Touch the screen once. Double-tap: Touch the screen twice rapidly. Tap and hold: Tap and hold until a popup menu appears. Drag: Hold the stylus (or finger) on the screen and drag across the screen until reaching your destination. Equivalent Mouse Function Click/Point Double-click Right-click Drag Using Multi-touch Gestures You can interact with your Tablet PC by placing two fingers on the screen. The movement of the fingers across the screen creates gestures, which send commands to the Tablet PC. Here are the multi-touch gestures that you can use:
Gestures Pan
(Scroll) Zoom
(Pinch) Actions
( = finger down; = finger up) Descriptions Use panning to see another part of a page that has scroll bars. Use zooming to make an item (a photo for example) on the screen larger or smaller. The gesture works in applications that support mouse wheel zooming. or Drag 1 or 2 fingers up or down. Move two fingers apart/toward each other. 18 Gestures Rotate Press and Tap Two-
finger Tap Flicks Actions
( = finger down; = finger up) Descriptions or Move two fingers in opposing directions.
-or-
Use one finger to pivot around another. Press on target and tap using a second finger. Use rotating to move a picture or other item on the screen in a circular direction
(clockwise or counter-
clockwise). The gesture works in applications that support the specific gesture. Use press and tap to access the shortcut menu. The function is defined by applications that support the specific gesture. Tap two fingers at the same time
(where the target is in the midpoint between the fingers). Make quick drag gestures in the desired direction. 19 Flick left or right to navigate back and forward in a browser and other applications. The gesture works in most applications that support back and forward. Using the Dual Mode Display (Optional) Dual mode display (if your model has the feature) incorporates both touchscreen and digitizer functions. The display is set to Touchscreen mode by default. Touchscreen mode provides all the functionalities that an ordinary touchscreen has. When the Tablet PC receives signals from the digitizer pen, the display automatically switches to Digitizer mode. You can move the cursor by bringing the digitizer pen close to the screen, without actually touching the screens surface. 20 Using Wireless Connections Using the WLAN The WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) module supports IEEE 802.11ac, compatible with 802.11a/b/g/n. Turning On/Off the WLAN Radio To turn on the WLAN radio:
Tap the On position. Settings Network & Internet Wi-Fi. Slide the Wi-Fi switch to To turn off the WLAN radio:
You can turn off the WLAN radio the same way you turn it on. If you want to quickly turn off all wireless radio, simply switch on Airplane mode. You can control the Airplane mode using one of the below methods. Tap Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode. Use the Airplane Mode button in the OSD Control Panel. Connecting to a WLAN Network 1. Make sure that the WLAN function is enabled (as described above). 2. Tap the network icon 3. In the list of available wireless networks, tap a network, and then tap Connect. in the lower right of the task bar. 4. Some networks require a network security key or passphrase. To connect to one of those networks, ask your network administrator or Internet service provider (ISP) for the security key or passphrase. For more information on setting a wireless network connection, refer to Windows online help. 21 Using the Bluetooth Feature The Bluetooth technology allows short-range wireless communications between devices without requiring a cable connection. Data can be transmitted through walls, pockets and briefcases as long as two devices are within range. Turning On/Off the Bluetooth Radio To turn on the Bluetooth radio:
Tap On position. Settings Devices Bluetooth. Slide the Bluetooth switch to the To turn off the Bluetooth radio:
You can turn off the Bluetooth radio the same way you turn it on. If you want to quickly turn off all wireless radio, simply switch on Airplane mode. You can control the Airplane mode using one of the below methods. Tap Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode. Use the Airplane Mode button in the OSD Control Panel. Connecting to another Bluetooth Device 1. Make sure that the Bluetooth function is enabled (as described above). 2. Make sure that the target Bluetooth device is turned on, discoverable and within close range. (See the documentation that came with the Bluetooth device.) Settings Devices Bluetooth. 3. Tap 4. Select the device you want to connect from the search results. 5. Depending on the type of Bluetooth device that you want to connect to, you will need to enter the pertinent information. For detailed information on using the Bluetooth feature, see Windows online Help. 22 Using the WWAN Feature (Optional) A WWAN (Wireless Wide Area Network) uses mobile telecommunication cellular network technologies to transfer data. The WWAN module of your Tablet PC supports 3G and 4G LTE. NOTE:
Your model only supports data transmission. Voice transmission is not supported. For instructions on installing the micro-SIM card, see Installing the Micro-SIM Card (Optional) and Battery Pack in Chapter 1. Turning On/Off the WWAN Radio To turn on the WWAN radio:
Tap Cellular switch to the On position. Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode. Slide the To turn off the WWAN radio:
You can turn off the WWAN radio the same way you turn it on. If you want to quickly turn off all wireless radio, simply switch on Airplane mode. You can control the Airplane mode using one of the below methods. Tap Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode. Use the Airplane Mode button in the OSD Control Panel. Setting up a WWAN Connection Settings Network & Internet Cellular. (For detailed Tap information on cellular settings in Windows 10, see Microsoft Support website.) 23 Chapter 3 Managing Power Your Tablet PC operates either on external AC power or on internal battery power. This chapter tells you how you can effectively manage power. To maintain optimal battery performance, it is important that you use the battery in the proper way. 24 AC Adapter CAUTION:
The AC adapter is designed for use with your Tablet PC only. Connecting the AC adapter to another device can damage the adapter. The AC power cord supplied with your Tablet PC is for use in the country where you purchased your Tablet PC. If you plan to go overseas with the Tablet PC, consult your dealer for the appropriate power cord. When you disconnect the AC adapter, disconnect from the electrical outlet first and then from the Tablet PC. A reverse procedure may damage the AC adapter or Tablet PC. When unplugging the connector, always hold the plug head. Never pull on the cord. The AC adapter serves as a converter from AC (Alternating Current) to DC
(Direct Current) power because your Tablet PC runs on DC power, but an electrical outlet usually provides AC power. It also charges the battery pack when connected to AC power. The adapter operates on any voltage in the range of 100~240 V AC. 25 Battery Pack The battery pack is the internal power source for the Tablet PC. It is rechargeable using the AC adapter. NOTE: Care and maintenance information for the battery is provided in the Battery Pack Guidelines section in Chapter 8. Charging the Battery Pack NOTE:
Charging will not start if the batterys temperature is outside the allowed range, which is between 0 C (32 F) and 50 C (122 F). Once the batterys temperature meets the requirements, charging automatically resumes. During charging, do not disconnect the AC adapter before the battery has been fully charged; otherwise you will get a prematurely charged battery. The battery has a high temperature protection mechanism which limits the maximum charge of the battery to 80% of its total capacity in the event of high temperature conditions. In such conditions, the battery will be regarded as fully charged at 80% capacity. The battery level may automatically lessen due to the self-discharge process, even when the battery pack is fully charged. This happens no matter if the battery pack is installed in the Tablet PC. To charge the battery pack, connect the AC adapter to the Tablet PC and an electrical outlet. The Battery Charge indicator (
) on the Tablet PC glows amber to indicate that charging is in progress. You are advised to keep the Tablet PC power off while the battery is being charged. When the battery is fully charged, the Battery Charge indicator glows green. It takes approximately 2.5 hours to fully charge the battery pack
(for standard models). CAUTION: After the Tablet PC has been fully recharged, do not immediately disconnect and reconnect the AC adapter to charge it again. Doing so may damage the battery. 26 Initializing the Battery Pack You need to initialize a new battery pack before using it for the first time or when the actual operating time of a battery pack is much less than expected. Initializing is the process of fully charging, discharging, and then charging. It can take several hours. A software tool called Gauge Reset is provided for the purpose. Use the G-Manager program and select the Battery tab to find the tool. Checking the Battery Level NOTE: Any battery level indication is an estimated result. The actual operating time can be different from the estimated time, depending on how you are using the Tablet PC. The operating time of a fully charged battery pack depends on how you are using the Tablet PC. When your applications often access peripherals, you will experience a shorter operating time. By Operating System You can check the approximate battery level using the battery meter function of the operating system. To read the battery level in Windows, tap the battery icon on the taskbar. By Gas Gauge On the exterior side of the battery pack is a gas gauge for displaying the estimated battery charge. When the battery pack is not installed in the Tablet PC and you want to know the battery charge, you can press the push-button to see the number of LEDs that light up. Each LED represents 20% charge. Push-button 27 Battery Low Signals and Actions The battery icon changes appearance to display the current state of the battery. Battery Icon Battery Level Discharging Low Critically low Description The icon shows the charge remaining in 10-percent increments until the charge reaches the low-battery level. The battery charge has reached the low-
battery level. The battery charge has reached the critical battery level. By default, Windows will display a notification and put your Tablet PC into Hibernation. When the battery is low, the Tablet PCs Battery Charge indicator (
blinks red to alert you to take actions.
) also Always respond to low-battery by connecting the AC adapter, placing your Tablet PC in Hibernation mode, or turning off the Tablet PC. 28 Replacing the Battery Pack CAUTION:
There is danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace the battery only with the Tablet PC manufacturers battery packs. Discard used batteries according to the dealers instructions. Do not attempt to disassemble the battery pack. NOTE: You can hot swap the battery pack as described later in Hot Swapping the Battery Pack later. 1. Turn off the Tablet PC and disconnect the AC adapter. (Skip this step if you are hot swapping the battery pack.) 2. Slide the battery latch to the unlocked position (
will slightly pop up.
). The battery pack 3. Remove the battery pack from its compartment. 29 4. Fit another battery pack into place. With the battery pack correctly oriented, attach its connector side to the battery compartment at an angle () and then press down the other side (). The battery latch should be engaged in the locked position (
). CAUTION: Make sure the battery latch is correctly locked, not revealing the underneath red part. 30 Hot Swapping the Battery Pack Hot swapping means you can safely replace the battery pack without shutting down while your Tablet PC is running on battery power. This is possible because your Tablet PC has an internal bridge battery. The bridge battery can sustain power for up to 1 minute, which should be long enough for you to replace the battery pack. Hints and Reminders See Replacing the Battery Pack for replacement instructions and note the following hints and reminders on hot swapping:
Make sure you have another charged battery pack. The appropriate temperature range for hot swapping the battery pack is between -10 C (14 F) and 50 C (122 F). Check the Bridge Battery indicator after unlocking the battery latch. Replace the battery pack only when the indicator lights in green. A red light means the bridge battery level is too low for you to safely hot swap the battery pack. When the battery latch is unlocked, the display brightness level will be fixed at a low level and cannot be adjusted. If a charged battery pack is not inserted within one minute, the Tablet PC enters Hibernation mode. 31 After removing the battery pack, do not connect and immediately disconnect the AC adapter. This will shut down the Tablet PC. About the Bridge Battery The bridge battery is not user-replaceable and is invisible to the operating system. It never functions as the power source as long as the main battery pack is installed. By default, the bridge battery is charged by external AC power (if connected) or the main battery pack (if external power is not connected). You can limit the charging source to only the external AC power. (For setup information, see Advanced Menu in Chapter 6 and the Charging Backup Battery item.) 32 Power-Saving Tips Aside from enabling your Tablet PCs power saving mode, you can do your part to maximize the batterys operating time by following these suggestions. Do not disable Power Management. Decrease the LCD brightness to the lowest comfortable level. Shorten the length of time before Windows turn off the display. When not using a connected device, disconnect it. Turn off the wireless radio if you are not using the wireless module (such as WLAN, Bluetooth, or WWAN). Turn off the Tablet PC when you are not using it. 33 Chapter 4 Models with High Capacity Battery This chapter provides supplementary information on models with high capacity battery. Read this chapter if you have such model. 34 Enhanced and Additional Features This model has the following different or additional features when compared with the standard models. High capacity battery pack Expansion module (with the smart card reader and keyboard connector) Description It takes approximately 6 hours to fully charge the battery pack. NOTE: The ways of replacing, handling, and caring the high capacity battery pack is the same as those for the standard battery pack. The information in the other chapters applies even though the pictures shown are the standard models. Accepts a smart card for additional security feature. Connects to the detachable keyboard (purchased separately). Ref Component High Capacity Battery Pack Smart Card Reader Keyboard Connector 35 Using Smart Cards With an embedded microcontroller, smart cards have the unique ability to store large amounts of data, carry out their own on-card functions (e.g., encryption and mutual authentication), and interact intelligently with a smart card reader. CAUTION: Do not insert a smart card when the temperature of RX10 is high. To insert a smart card:
1. Open the door of the smart card reader. 2. With the smart cards chip facing RX10 and pointing toward the slot, insert the card into the slot until reaching the end. Chip on the other side of the card 3. Close the door. 36 To remove a smart card:
1. Make sure that the third-party smart card software is not accessing the smart card. 2. Open the door. 3. Pull the card out of the slot. 4. Close the door. 37 Chapter 5 Using Options and Peripherals This chapter describes the use of optional modules and the connection of peripherals. NOTE: For supplementary information on models with high capacity battery, see Chapter 4. 38 Using the Fingerprint Scanner
(Optional) CAUTION:
For optimal performance, both the scanning surface and the finger should be clean and dry. Clean the scanning surface when needed. (See Cleaning the Fingerprint Scanner later.) It is not recommended that you use the fingerprint scanner in a below-
freezing temperature. The moisture on your finger can freeze to the scanners metal surface when you touch it, resulting in a failed operation. Besides, touching freezing metal with your finger can cause frostbite. The fingerprint scanner (if your model has the feature) provides a strong authentication mechanism based on fingerprint recognition. You can log on to Windows and dismiss the lock screen with an enrolled fingerprint instead of a password. Fingerprint scanner Enrolling a Fingerprint NOTE: You can enroll a fingerprint only after creating a password for the Windows user account. 1. Tap 2. On the right side under Fingerprint, tap Set up. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete. Settings Accounts Sign-in options. 39 Fingerprint Login NOTE: The fingerprint login process can take a while. This is because the system has to check hardware devices and security configuration before initiating the fingerprint scanner. With an enrolled fingerprint, the user can log on by tapping the Fingerprint option in Windows login screen and then placing the finger on the scanner. The user can also dismiss the lock screen with the fingerprint. The fingerprint scanner has 360-degree readability. You can place your finger in any orientation for the scanner to recognize an enrolled fingerprint. If fingerprint login attempts fail three times, you will be switched to password login. Cleaning the Fingerprint Scanner You can use adhesive tape to remove dirt and oil from the scanner surface. To clean with cleaner:
1. Shut down the Tablet PC, disconnect the AC adapter, and remove the battery pack. 2. Slightly moisten a clean, lint-free cloth with household window cleaner. You can also use a cotton swab as an alternative. NOTE:
Do not use paper products to clean the scanner. Do not use bleach, solvents, or abrasives. Do not directly spray the scanner. 3. Gently rub the cloth over the scanner surface, turning the cloth to always use a clean surface of the cloth. 4. After cleaning, gently rub the surface again with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth or cotton swab. 40 Using the NFC/RFID Reader
(Optional) If your model has the NFC /RFID reader module, you can read data from NFC
(Near Field Communication) and RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) tags. For optimal results when reading an NFC/RFID tag, have the tag face the antenna in the same orientation as indicated by the icon on the exterior of the Tablet PC. NFC/RFID reader NOTE:
When not using an NFC/RFID card, do not leave it within or near the antenna area. For enhanced applications and customization of the module, contact your authorized Getac dealer. The NFC reader requires specialized applications. For further information, ask your system administrator. 41 Using the Barcode Scanner
(Optional) NOTE:
For enhanced applications and customization of the module, you can use the Barcode Manager program. (For detailed information on the program, see the programs online help.) The maximum operating temperature for the barcode scanner is 50 C
(122 F). If your model has the barcode scanner module, you can scan and decode most common 1D and 2D symbologies. To read barcodes:
1. Start your processing software and open a new or existing file. Place the insertion point (or called cursor) where you want the data to be entered. 2. Press the Trigger button on your Tablet PC. 3. The barcode scanner shines red light with a center red dot. Aim the red dot at the center of the barcode. The red light should cover the entire barcode. Adjust the lens distance from the barcode, shorter for a smaller barcode and farther for a larger one. Trigger button NOTE: Improper ambient light and scanning angle can affect the scanning results. 4. Upon a successful scan, the system beeps and the decoded barcode data is entered. 42 Connecting Peripheral Devices You can expand the capabilities of your Tablet PC by connecting other peripheral devices. When using a device, be sure to read the instructions accompanying the device together with the relevant section in this chapter. Slide down to open the protective cover. NOTE (for medical use only): The external device connected must be a MOPP (Means of Patient Protection) 60601-1 compliant device. Connecting a USB Device Your Tablet PC has two USB 3.0 ports for connecting USB devices, such as a digital camera, scanner, printer, and mouse. 43 Connecting an Audio Device For higher audio quality, you can send sound through an external audio device. The audio combo connector is the 4-pole TRRS 3.5mm type (Apple iPhone Recessed) so you can connect a compatible headset microphone. SAFETY WARNING:
To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Connecting an HDMI Display Monitor If you want the benefits of a larger display screen with higher resolution, you can connect an external display monitor to your Tablet PC. Your Tablet PC has a micro HDMI connector. HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) is an audio/video interface that transmits uncompressed digital data and therefore delivers true HD quality. To switch the display output, use Window settings or OSD Control Panel. 44 Chapter 6 Using BIOS Setup BIOS Setup Utility is a program for configuring the BIOS (Basic Input/ Output System) settings of the computer. BIOS is a layer of software, called firmware, that translates instructions from other layers of software into instructions that the computer hardware can understand. The BIOS settings are needed by your computer to identify the types of installed devices and establish special features. This chapter tells you how to use the BIOS Setup Utility. 45 When and How to Use NOTE:
The actual setting items on your model may differ from those described in this chapter. The availability of some setting items depends on the configuration of your computer. You need to run BIOS Setup Utility when:
You see an error message on the screen requesting you to run BIOS Setup Utility. You want to restore the factory default BIOS settings. You want to modify some specific settings according to the hardware. You want to modify some specific settings to optimize the system performance. To run BIOS Setup Utility:
: During system startup when the company logo screen appears, Method 1 tap the screen or press the Windows Logo button on your Tablet PC. In the pre-boot menu that appears, select Setup Utility. (Tap with your finger. Stylus is not supported here.) NOTE:
If you dont want any accidental tapping to invoke the pre-boot menu, you can disable this method by setting the Screen Tapping for Boot Options item in the BIOS Setup Utility. When tapping the screen for operating BIOS Setup, use your finger. The touching of a stylus tip is not supported in this situation. For Windows 10 models, the time period in which you can use the above method is extremely short. You can use the other method as described below. Method 2: Tap Advanced startup, tap Restart now. In the boot options menu, tap Troubleshoot Advanced options UEFI Firmware Settings. Tap Restart. Settings Update & security Recovery. Under 46 Menu Descriptions Information Menu The Information menu contains the basic configuration information of the system. There are no user-definable items in this menu. NOTE: The Asset Tag information appears when you have entered the asset number for this Tablet PC using the asset management program. The program is provided in the Asset tag folder of the Driver disc. Main Menu The Main menu contains the various system settings. System Date sets the system date. System Time sets the system time. Legacy USB Support enables or disables the systems support for Legacy USB. CSM Support enables or disables CSM (Compatibility Support Mode). You can set this item to Yes for backward compatibility with legacy BIOS services. PXE Boot sets the PXE boot to UEFI or Legacy. PXE (Preboot eXecution Environment) is an environment to boot computers using a network interface independently of data storage devices or installed operating systems. Advanced Menu The Advanced menu contains the advanced settings. Wake Up Capability Detachable KBD Wake-Up from S3 state allows the detachable keyboard
(an optional accessory) activity to wake up the system from S3 (Sleep) state. USB Wake-Up From S3 allows a USB device activity to wake up the system from S3 (Sleep) state. 47 Power Button Delay sets power button delay time (1 second or 2 seconds) so that accidental touching of the power button does not cause undesired operation. You can also disable the delay. System Policy allows you to choose between Performance and Balance. If battery life is your first priority, select Balance. If you need system performance more than battery life, select Performance. AC Initiation sets if connecting AC power will automatically start or resume the system. Screen Tapping for Boot Options sets if tapping the screen during startup will invoke the boot options menu which provides access to some pre-boot operations. If disabled, tapping the screen during startup has no effect to the systems booting process. Charging Bridge Battery allows the main battery to charge the bridge battery. When set to Enabled, the bridge battery can be charged by the main battery if the AC adapter is not connected. When set to Disabled, the bridge battery will be charged by the AC adapter only. MAC Address Pass Through allows the system specific MAC address to pass through a connected dock, meaning the dock specific MAC address will be overridden by the system specific MAC address. This feature only works for UEFI PXE boot. Active Management Technology Support (This item appears only on models supporting vPro.) Intel AMT Support enables or disables Intel Active Management Technology BIOS extension execution. AMT allows the system administrator to access an AMT featured computer remotely. Intel AMT Setup Prompt determines whether the prompt for entering Intel MEBx Setup appears or not during POST. Virtualization Technology Setup Intel(R) Virtualization Technology enables or disables Intel VT (Intel Virtualization Technology) feature which provides hardware support for processor virtualization. When enabled, a VMM (Virtual Machine Monitor) can utilize the additional hardware virtualization capabilities provided by this technology. Intel(R) VT for Directed I/O (VT-d) enables or disables VT-d (Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O). When enabled, VT-d helps enhance Intel platforms for efficient virtualization of I/O devices. 48 SW Guard Extensions (SGX) can be set to Disabled, Enabled, or Software Controlled. Intel Software Guard Extensions (Intel SGX) is an Intel technology for increasing the security of application code. It is used by application developers. Graphics Setup DVMT Pre-Allocated sets the amount of pre-allocated (fixed) graphics memory for use by the internal graphics device. Device Configuration enables or disables several hardware components. The items available for setting depend on your model. Diagnostics and System Tester H2ODST Tool performs system baseline check. Recovery Partition allows you to restore your Windows 10 system to the factory default state by using the recovery partition feature. Recovery partition is a portion of your hard disk drive that is set aside by the manufacturer to hold the original image of your system. WARNING:
Using this feature will reinstall Windows to your system and configure it to the systems factory default settings. All data on the hard disk drive will be lost. Make sure that power is not interrupted during the recovery process. An unsuccessful recovery may result in Windows startup problems. Windows RE launches Windows Recovery Environment. Windows RE
(Windows Recovery Environment) is a recovery environment that provides recovery, repair, and troubleshooting tools in Windows 10. 49 Security Menu The Security menu contains the security settings, which safeguard your system against unauthorized use. NOTE:
You can set the user password only when the supervisor password has been set. If both the supervisor and user passwords are set, you can enter any of them for starting up the system and/or entering BIOS Setup. However, the user password only allows you to view/change the settings of certain items. A password setting is applied right after it is confirmed. To cancel a password, leave the password empty by pressing the Enter key. Set Supervisor/User Password sets the supervisor/user password. You can set the supervisor/user password to be required for starting up the system and/or entering BIOS Setup. Strong Password enables or disables strong password. When enabled, the password you set must contain at least one upper-case letter, one lower-case letter, and one digit. Password Configuration sets the minimum password length. Enter the number in the input field and select [Yes]. The number should be between 4 and 64. Password on Boot allows you to enable or disable the entering of password for booting up your system. Set HDD 0 User Password sets the password for locking the Primary Master hard disk drive. After setting a password, the hard disk drive can only be unlocked by the password no matter where it is installed. Security Freeze Lock enables or disables the Security Freeze Lock function. This function is only applicable to SATA drives in AHCI mode. It prevents attacks on the SATA drive by freezing the security state of the drive at POST and also when the system resumes from S3. TPM Setup Menu TPM Support enables or disables TPM (Trusted Platform Module) support. TPM (Trusted Platform Module) is a component on your computers mainboard that is specifically designed to enhance platform security by 50 providing a protected space for key operations and other security critical tasks. Change TPM Status allows you to select between No Change, Clear, Enable and Activate, and Disable and Deactivate. Intel Trusted Execution Technology enables utilization of additional hardware capabilities provided by Intel Trusted Execution Technology. Boot Menu The Boot menu sets the sequence of the devices to be searched for the operating system. Boot Type Order determines the boot order. You can rearrange the order by dragging the boot device name up or down in the list. Each boot device can be individually set to On or Off. If you want to exclude a boot device from the boot order, set the device to Off. Exit Menu The Exit menu displays ways of exiting BIOS Setup Utility. After finishing with your settings, you must save and exit so that the changes can take effect. Exit Saving Changes saves the changes you have made and exits BIOS Setup Utility. Exit Discarding Changes exits BIOS Setup Utility without saving the changes you have made. Load Setup Defaults loads the factory default values for all the items. Discard Changes restores the previous values for all the items. Saves Changes saves the changes you have made. 51 Chapter 7 Using Getac Software Getac software includes application programs for specific computer components and utility programs for overall management. This chapter briefly introduces the programs. 52 OSD Control Panel The OSD (On Screen Display) Control Panel provides a user-friendly interface for you to quickly activate or operate certain functions on your Tablet PC with a simple tap of the screen. To open the OSD Control Panel, start the program named OSDC. You can also press the P2 button on your Tablet PC to open it. The following screen appears. Help For detailed information on the program, see the programs online help. 53 G-Manager G-Manager is a unified user interface utility that allows you to view, manage, or configure your computer features. With G-Manager, you can perform all or some of the tasks listed below. View system information. Check the battery status and configure the battery. Configure ECO modes (or called power profiles). Set the touchscreen sensitivity mode. Set if a warning message will appear when a connected docking station is removed unexpectedly. Enable the use of external GPS/WWAN/WLAN antenna signal. Change the function of the hardware button. Configure how your system works with the vehicle ignition. Monitor the system. View GPS information. Tap and hold the Getac Utility icon select G-Manager to start the program. The G-Manager window appears, containing several tabs. located on Windows taskbar and NOTE: Depending on your model, the actual items and information appearing on the screen may differ from those shown in this manual. 54 Help For detailed information on the program, see the programs online help. 55 G-Camera (Optional) G-Camera is a geo-tagging camera application. Geographical information can be embedded into JPEG files as EXIF 2.2 metadata. NOTE: G-Camera uses the standard location service of Windows. To start the G-Camera application, select All apps G-Camera. In the middle is the preview window with status display. At the two sides are various buttons. For detailed information on the program, see the programs online help. Select Help. 56 Chapter 8 Care and Maintenance Taking good care of your Tablet PC will ensure a trouble-free operation and reduce the risk of damage to your Tablet PC. This chapter gives you guidelines covering areas such as protecting, storing, cleaning, and traveling. 57 Taking Care of the Tablet PC Location Guidelines For optimal performance, use the Tablet PC where the recommended temperature is between 0 C (32 F) and 55 C (131 F). (Actual operating temperature depends on product specifications.) Avoid placing the Tablet PC in a location subject to high humidity, extreme temperatures, mechanical vibration, direct sunlight, or heavy dust. Using in extreme environments for long periods can result in product deterioration and a shortened product life. Operating in an environment with metallic dust is not allowed. Place the Tablet PC on a flat and steady surface. Do not stand the Tablet PC on its side or store it in an upside-down position. A strong impact by dropping or hitting may damage the Tablet PC. Do not cover or block any ventilation openings on the Tablet PC. For example, do not place the Tablet PC on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. Otherwise, overheating may occur that results in damage to the Tablet PC. As the Tablet PC can become very hot during operation, keep it away from objects that are vulnerable to heat. Keep the Tablet PC at least 13 cm (5 inches) away from electrical appliances that can generate a strong magnetic field such as a TV, refrigerator, motor, or a large audio speaker. Avoid moving the Tablet PC abruptly from a cold to a warm place. A temperature difference of more than 10 C (18 F) may cause condensation inside the unit, which may damage the storage media. General Guidelines Do not place heavy objects on top of the Tablet PC as this may damage the display. To avoid damaging the screen, do not touch it with any sharp object. 58 LCD image sticking occurs when a fixed pattern is displayed on the screen for a prolonged period of time. You can avoid the problem by limiting the amount of static content on the display. It is recommended that you use a screen saver or turn off the display when it is not in use. To maximize the life of the backlight in the display, allow the backlight to automatically turn off as a result of power management. Cleaning Guidelines Never clean the Tablet PC with its power on. Use a soft, lint-free cloth to wipe the exterior surfaces of the Tablet PC. If water or liquid is split onto the Tablet PC, wipe it dry and clean when possible. Do not leave the Tablet PC wet when you can dry it. If the Tablet PC gets wet where the temperature is 0C (32F) or below, freeze damage may occur. Make sure to dry the wet Tablet PC. Cleaning in a Healthcare Environment Healthcare establishments should define and document cleaning policies and procedures. All users of the Tablet PC in the healthcare environment should be trained on proper cleaning procedures. Clean up dust and debris from the Tablet PC before disinfection. Use appropriate cleaning and disinfecting products. Getac maintains a list of products which have been tested to be suitable for the Tablet PC. Check Getac website for the latest list of recommended products. For disinfection, apply appropriate germicide to the cleaned areas and allow the Tablet PC to air-dry. Battery Pack Guidelines Recharge the battery pack when it is nearly discharged. When recharging, make sure that the battery pack is fully charged. Doing so may avoid harm to the battery pack. The battery pack is a consumable product and the following conditions will shorten its life:
59 when frequently charging the battery pack when using, charging, or storing the battery in high temperature condition To avoid hastening the deterioration of the battery pack thereby prolonging its useful life, minimize the number of times you charge it so as not to frequently increase its internal temperature. Charge the battery pack between 10 C ~ 30 C (50 F ~ 86 F) temperature range. A higher environment temperature will cause the battery packs temperature to rise. Avoid charging the battery pack inside a closed vehicle and in hot weather condition. Also, charging will not start if the battery pack is not within the allowed temperature range. It is recommended that you do not charge the battery pack more than once a day. It is recommended that you charge the battery pack with the Tablet PCs power off. To maintain the battery packs operating efficiency, store it in a cool dark place removed from the Tablet PC and with 30 % ~ 40 % charge remaining. Important guidelines when using the battery pack. When installing or removing the battery pack take note of the following:
avoid installing or removing the battery pack when the Tablet PC is in Sleep mode. Abruptly removing the battery pack may cause loss of data or the Tablet PC may become unstable. avoid touching the battery pack terminals or damage may occur, thereby causing improper operation to it or the Tablet PC. The Tablet PCs input voltage and surrounding temperature will directly affect the battery packs charge and discharge time:
charging time will be prolonged when the Tablet PC is turned on. To shorten the charging time, it is recommended that you place the Tablet PC in Sleep or Hibernation mode. a low temperature will prolong the charging time as well as hasten the discharge time. When using battery power in an extremely low temperature environment, you may experience shortened operating time and incorrect battery level reading. This phenomenon comes from the chemical characteristics of batteries. The appropriate operating temperature for the battery is -10 C ~ 50 C (14 F ~ 122 F). 60 Do not leave the battery pack in storage for more than six months without recharging it. Touchscreen Guidelines Use the finger or the included stylus on the display. Using a sharp or metallic object other than your finger or stylus may cause scratches and damage the display, thereby causing errors. Use a soft cloth to remove dirt on the display. The touchscreen surface has a special protective coating that prevents dirt from sticking to it. Not using a soft cloth may cause damage to the special protective coating on the touchscreen surface. Turn off the Tablet PC power when cleaning the display. Cleaning the display with the power on may cause improper operation. Do not use excessive force on the display. Avoid placing objects on top of the display as this may cause the glass to break thereby damaging the display. In low and high temperatures (below 5 oC / 41 F and above 55 C / 131 F), the touchscreen may have a slower response time or register the touch in the wrong location. It will go back to normal after returning to room temperature. When there is noticeable discrepancy in the operation of the touchscreen function (wrong location on intended operation or improper display resolution), refer to the Windows online Help for instructions on recalibrating the touchscreen display. 61 When Traveling Make sure that the battery pack is fully charged. Make sure that the Tablet PC is turned off. Make sure that all the connector covers are closed completely to ensure the waterproof integrity. Disconnect the AC adapter from the Tablet PC and take it with you. Use the AC adapter as the power source and as a battery-charger. Put the Tablet PC in a protective case. Hand-carry the Tablet PC. Do not check it in as luggage. If you need to leave the Tablet PC in the car, put it in the trunk of the car to avoid exposing the Tablet PC to excessive heat. When going through airport security, it is recommended that you send the Tablet PC and flash disks through the X-ray machine (the device you set your bags on). Avoid the magnetic detector (the device you walk through) or the magnetic wand (the handheld device used by security personnel). If you plan to travel abroad with your Tablet PC, consult your dealer for the appropriate AC power cord for use in your country of destination. 62 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting Computer problems can be caused by hardware, software, or both. When you encounter any problem, it might be a typical problem that can easily be solved. This chapter tells you what actions to take when solving common computer problems. 63 Preliminary Checklist Here are helpful hints to follow before you take further actions when you encounter any problem:
Try to isolate which part of the Tablet PC is causing the problem. Make sure that you turn on all peripheral devices before turning on the Tablet PC. If an external device has a problem, make sure that the cable connections are correct and secure. Make sure that the configuration information is properly set in the BIOS Setup program. Make sure that all the device drivers are correctly installed. Make notes of your observations. Are there any messages on the screen?
Do any indicators light? Do you hear any beeps? Detailed descriptions are useful to the service personnel when you need to consult one for assistance. If any problem persists after you follow the instructions in this chapter, contact an authorized dealer for help. 64 Solving Common Problems Battery Problems The battery does not charge (Battery Charge Indicator does not light amber). Make sure that the AC adapter is properly connected. Make sure that the battery is not too hot or cold. Allow time for the battery pack to return to room temperature. If the battery doesn't charge after it has been stored in very low temperatures, try disconnecting and reconnecting the AC adapter to solve the problem. Make sure that the battery pack is installed correctly. Make sure that the battery terminals are clean. The operating time of a fully charged battery becomes shorter. If you often partially recharge and discharge, the battery might not be charged to its full potential. Initialize the battery to solve the problem. The battery operating time indicated by the battery meter does not match the actual operating time. The actual operating time can be different from the estimated time, depending on how you are using the Tablet PC. If the actual operating time is much less than the estimated time, initialize the battery. Bluetooth Wireless Transmission Problems I cannot connect to another device with Bluetooth wireless technology. Make sure that both devices have activated Bluetooth feature. Make sure that the distance between the two devices is within the limit and that there are no walls or other obstructions between the devices. Make sure that the other device is not in Hidden mode. 65 Make sure that both devices are compatible. Display Problems Nothing appears on the screen. During operation, the screen may automatically turn off as a result of power management. Press any key to see if the screen comes back. The brightness level might be too low. Increase the brightness. The characters on the screen are dim. Adjust the brightness and/or contrast. The display brightness cannot be increased. As a protection, the display brightness will be fixed at a low level when the surrounding temperature is too high or too low. It is not a malfunction in this situation. Bad dots appear on the display at all times. A small number of missing, discolored, or bright dots on the screen are an intrinsic characteristic of TFT LCD technology. It is not regarded as a LCD defect. Clouding (or called mura) happens on the screen when you exert forces on the left or right side of the LCD frame. This is a normal phenomenon, not a defect. Hardware Device Problems The Tablet PC does not recognize a newly installed device. The device may not be correctly configured in the BIOS Setup program. Run the BIOS Setup program to identify the new type. Make sure if any device driver needs to be installed. (Refer to the documentation that came with the device.) Make sure if the device needs any jumper or switch settings. (Refer to the documentation that came with the device.) 66 Check the cables or power cords for correct connections. For an external device that has its own power switch, make sure that the power is turned on. Power Management Problems The Tablet PC does not enter Sleep or Hibernation mode automatically. If you have a connection to another computer, the Tablet PC does not enter Sleep or Hibernation mode if the connection is actively in use. Make sure that the Sleep or Hibernation time-out is enabled. The Tablet PC does not enter Sleep or Hibernation mode immediately. If the Tablet PC is performing an operation, it normally waits for the operation to finish. The Tablet PC does not resume from Sleep or Hibernation mode. The Tablet PC automatically enters Sleep or Hibernation mode when the battery pack is empty. Do any one of the following:
Connect the AC adapter to the Tablet PC. Replace the empty battery pack with a fully charged one. Sensor Problems The built-in digital compass doesnt seem to be accurate. Rotating the display can affect the accuracy of the digital compass. This is normal, not a malfunction. The sensors for the compass require periodic recalibration. Follow this method to recalibrate the sensors:
1. Make sure you are far away from any large metal objects or magnetic fields. 2. Start an application that utilizes the digital compass. 3. Hold the Tablet PC level with the horizon, with the LCD side facing up. 4. Rotate the Tablet PC 360 at least three times around each axis (X, Y, and Z) as shown below. 67 Software Problems An application program does not work correctly. Make sure that the software is correctly installed. If an error message appears on the screen, consult the software programs documentation for further information. If you are sure the operation has stop, reset the Tablet PC. Sound Problems No sound is produced. Make sure that the volume control is not set too low. Increase the volume. Make sure that the sound is not muted. 68 Make sure that the Tablet PC is not in Sleep mode. If using an external speaker, make sure that the speaker is properly connected. Distorted sound is produced. Make sure that the volume control is not set too high or too low. In most cases, a high setting can cause the audio electronics to distort the sound. Startup Problems When you turn on the Tablet PC, it does not respond and the Power Indicator does not light green. If you are using an external AC power, make sure that the AC adapter is correctly and securely connected. If so, make sure that the electrical outlet works properly. If you are using the battery power, make sure that the battery is not discharged. When you turn on the Tablet PC, it stops after POST. Reset your Tablet PC. WLAN Problems I cannot use the WLAN feature. Make sure that the WLAN feature is turned on. Transmission quality is poor. Your Tablet PC may be in an out-of-range situation. Move your Tablet PC closer to the Access Point or another WLAN device it is associated with. Check if there is high interference around the environment and solve the problem as described next. Radio interference exists. Move your Tablet PC away from the device causing the radio interference such as microwave oven and large metal objects. 69 Plug your Tablet PC into an outlet on a different branch circuit from that used by the affecting device. Consult your dealer or an experienced radio technician for help. I cannot connect to another WLAN device. Make sure that the WLAN feature is turned on. Make sure that the SSID setting is the same for every WLAN device in the network. Your Tablet PC is not recognizing changes. Restart the Tablet PC. Make sure that the IP address or subnet mask setting is correct. I cannot communicate with the computer in the network when Infrastructure mode is configured. Make sure that the Access Point your Tablet PC is associated with is powered on and all the LEDs are working properly. If the operating radio channel is in poor quality, change the Access Point and all the wireless station(s) within the BSSID to another radio channel. Your Tablet PC may be in an out-of-range situation. Move your Tablet PC closer to the Access Point it is associated with. Make sure that your Tablet PC is configured with the same security option (encryption) to the Access Point. Use the Web Manager/Telnet of the Access Point to check whether it is connected to the network. Reconfigure and reset the Access Point. I cannot access the network. Make sure that the network configuration is appropriate. Make sure that the user name or password is correct. You have moved out of range of the network. Turn off power management. 70 Other Problems The date/time is incorrect. Correct the date and time via the operating system or BIOS Setup program. After you have performed everything as described above and still have the incorrect date and time every time you turn on the Tablet PC, the RTC (Real-Time Clock) battery is at the end of its life. Call an authorized dealer to replace the RTC battery. 71 Resetting the Tablet PC You may have to reset (reboot) your Tablet PC on some occasions when an error occurs and the program you are using hangs up. If you are sure the operation has stopped and you cannot use the restart function of the operating system, reset the Tablet PC. Reset the Tablet PC by any one of these methods:
Press and hold the P2 button for more than 2 seconds. This opens the Ctrl-Alt-Del screen where you can select actions including Restart. If the above action does not work, press and hold the power button for more than 5 seconds to force the system to turn off. Then turn on the power again. 72 System Recovery Using Windows RE Windows 10 has a recovery environment (Windows RE) that provides recovery, repair, and troubleshooting tools. The tools are referred to as Advanced Startup Options. You can access these options by selecting Settings Update & security. There are several choices:
System Restore This option allows you to restore Windows to an earlier point in time if you have created a restore point. Recover from a drive If you have created a recovery drive on Windows 10, you can use the recovery drive to reinstall Windows. Reset this PC This option allows you to reinstall Windows with or without keeping your files. See Microsoft website for more information. NOTE:
If you are in a situation where your computer wont boot into Windows, you can access the Advanced Startup Options by running the BIOS Setup Utility and selecting Advanced Windows RE. System recovery for Windows 10 typically will take several hours to complete. 73 Using Recovery Partition When necessary, you can restore your Windows 10 system to the factory default state by using the recovery partition feature. Recovery partition is a portion of your hard disk drive that is set aside by the manufacturer to hold the original image of your system. WARNING:
Using this feature will reinstall Windows to your system and configure it to the systems factory default settings. All data on the hard disk drive will be lost. Make sure that power is not interrupted during the recovery process. An unsuccessful recovery may result in Windows startup problems. To restore your system to the factory default state:
1. Connect the AC adapter. 2. Run BIOS Setup Utility. Select Advanced Recovery Partition. (See Chapter 6 for more information.) 3. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the process. 74 Using the Driver Disc The Driver disc contains drivers and utilities required for specific hardware in your Tablet PC. Since your Tablet PC comes with drivers and utilities pre-installed, you normally do not need to use the Driver disc. In case you want to manually install Windows, you will have to install the drivers and utilities one by one after installing Windows. To manually install drivers and utilities:
1. Start up the Tablet PC. 2. Prepare an external CD/DVD drive (with USB connection). Connect the drive to your Tablet PC. Wait for the Tablet PC to recognize the drive. 3. Insert the Driver disc. Make sure you use the disc that matches the Windows version of your Tablet PC. 4. The autorun program should automatically start. You will see the installation menu. Tap NEXT to go to the next page if there is more than one. 5. To install a driver or utility, just tap the particular button and follow the onscreen instructions to complete the installation. 75 Appendix A Specifications NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without any prior notice. Parts CPU BIOS RAM Video Audio Specifications Kabylake Platform
- Intel Core i5-7Y57 processor, 1.2GHz, up to 3.3GHz with Turbo Boost Technology, 4MB Intel Smart Cache
- Intel Core M3-7Y30 processor, 1.0GHz, up to 2.6GHz with Turbo Boost Technology, 4MB Intel Smart Cache Insyde, 16MB flash EEPROM, UEFI, supporting TPM, vPro, NIST, Computrace, HDD Security Erasure, self-diagnostic, Device Guard & Credential Guard, and MAC Pass through 4/8/16GB LPDDR3 1.2V 1866MHz SO-DIMM UMA - Intel HD 615 Graphics Touchscreen Features Speaker Microphone Controller Display Panel 10.1-inch TFT widescreen LCD, FHD (full high-definition) 1920 x 1200, with dimmer mode, blackout mode, and light sensor Capacitive multi-touch screen - 10 point, glove enabled touch, palm rejection, water rejection (large area of spilled water will not be registered as input) Option: Digitizer Realtek High Definition Audio 85db Integrated microphone 128/256/512GB SSD (Solid-State Disk) USB 3.0 x 2, micro HDMI, combo audio (4-pole TRRS 3.5mm type) ,docking (reserved), expansion (reserved), tri antenna pass-through (optional) Intel 8265 AC 2x2 + Bluetooth 4.2 combo, Bluetooth 4.2 class 2 + EDR HD, blue LED 8M pixel, autofocus, blue LED, video capture Front Rear Mass storage device I/O ports Wireless LAN +
Bluetooth Camera
(option) 76 Parts GPS (option) WWAN (option) Barcode scanner
(option) NFC/RFID Reader
(option) Security Power Dimension (LxWD) Specifications UART 3G/4G LTE 1D and 2D, with Trigger button ISO15693, ISO14443A/B, Mifare, FeliCa TPM 2.0 Fingerprint scanner (optional) Universal 65 W; input: 100240 V, 50/60 Hz; output: 19V AC adapter Battery pack Standard battery: Lithium-ion Prismatic type, 4-cell, Model BP4S1P2100-S High capacity battery: Lithium-ion cylindrical type, 8-cell, Model BP4S2P2900-P Standard model: 280 x 245 x 18.8 mm (11.02 9.64 0.74 inch) Model with high capacity battery: 280 x 245 x 32.4 mm
(11.02 9.64 1.28 inch) Standard model: 1.2 kg (2.64 lb) Model with high capacity battery: 1.62 kg (3.57 lb) Temperature Operating: -21 C to 55 C (-4 F to 131 F) Storage: -40 C to 71 C (-40 F to 160 F) Maximum 26 C (79 F) (for medical use only) Low pressure Non-operating: 40,000ft (18.8kPa) with altitude change rate 2,000 ft/min Operating: 15,000ft (57.2kPa) with altitude change rate 2,000 ft/min
-40 C to 71 C (-40 F to 160 F), three cycles Temperature shock Humidity 0 % to 95 % relative, non-condensing 77 Weight Environ-
ment Button Functions on Special Occasions On POST/BIOS Setup/Non-ACPI occasions, the five hardware buttons provide keyboard key functions as described below. Button P1 P2 Function Tab Esc Enter Up Down 78 Appendix B Regulatory Information This appendix provides regulatory statements and safety notices on your Tablet PC. NOTE: Marking labels located on the exterior of your Tablet PC indicate the regulations that your model complies with. Please check the marking labels and refer to the corresponding statements in this appendix. Some notices apply to specific models only. 79 Marks and Meanings Below is a list of marking labels which can be found on the exterior of your equipment and their meanings. Mark Meaning Follow the national requirements for disposal of equipment. UL Marking UL Mark for General Safety European Conformance (including wireless module) US Conformance ISO 7000-1641: Follow operating instructions or consult instructions for use. 80 On the Use of the System Class B Regulations USA Federal Communications Commission Radio Frequency Interference Statement NOTE:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Please note:
The use of a non-shielded interface cable with this equipment is prohibited. Company name: Getac USA Address: 15495 Sand Canyon Rd., Suite 350 Irvine, CA 92618 USA Phone: 949-681-2900 81 Canada Canadian Department of Communications Radio Interference Regulations Class B Compliance Notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canada Interference-Causing equipment regulations. Cet appareil numrique de Classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Rglement Canadien sur le matriel brouileur. This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. Le prsent appareil numrique nmet pas de bruits radiolectriques dpassant les limites applicables aux appareils numriques de la classe B prescrites dans le Rglement sur le brouillage radiolectrique dict par le ministre des Communications du Canada. ANSI Warning Equipment approved for ANSI/ISA 12.12.01, Nonincendive Electrical Equipment for use in Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, and D. Maximum ambient temperature: 40C WARNING: To prevent ignition of a hazardous atmosphere, batteries must only be changed or charged in an area known to be non-hazardous. WARNING: Inspect equipment after any drops and return equipment to its original condition. If equipment cannot be returned to its original condition, then equipment is to be removed from use in hazardous
(classified) locations. EXPLOSION HARZARD WARNING: External connections/hubs through the connectors as mentioned (USB connector, video port, power supply connector, headphones jack, and buttons/switches) are not to be used in a hazardous location. Power adapter shall not be used in hazardous locations. 82 Cautions and Warnings Repair or maintenance is not allowed during equipment operation. To avoid risk of electric shock, this equipment must only be connected to a supply mains with protective earth. No modification of this equipment is allowed. Electromagnetic interference can occur between equipments. To reduce interference, keep this equipment away from objects that generate electromagnetic fields. When the computer is connected to external power, use an electrical outlet that is near and easily accessible. If there is a need to cut off power to the computer, do the following. 1. Shut down the computer. 2. Disconnect the AC adapter by unplugging the power cord from the AC wall outlet first, and then unplugging from the computer. 3. Remove the battery pack from the computer. (See steps 2 and 3 in Replacing the Battery Pack in Chapter 3.) About the Battery If the battery is mishandled, it may cause fire, smoke or an explosion and the batterys functionality will be seriously damaged. The safety instructions listed below must be followed. Danger Do not immerse the battery with liquid such as water, sea water or soda. Do not charge/discharge or place the battery in high-temperature (more than 80 C / 176 F) locations, such as near a fire, heater, in a car in direct sunlight, etc. Do not use unauthorized chargers. Do not force a reverse-charge or a reverse-connection. Do not connect the battery with AC plug (outlet) or car plugs. Do not adapt the battery to unspecified applications. Do not short circuit the battery. 83 Do not drop or subject the battery to impacts. Do not penetrate with a nail or strike with a hammer. Do not directly solder the battery. Do not disassemble the battery. Warning Keep the battery away from infants. Stop using the battery if there are noticeable abnormalities such as abnormal smell, heat, deformities, or discoloration. Stop charging if the charging process cannot be finished. In case of a leaking battery, keep the battery away from flames and do not touch it. Pack the battery tightly during transport. Caution Do not use the battery where static electricity (more than 100V) exists that might damage the protection circuit of the battery. When children are using the system, parents or adults must ensure that they are using the system and battery correctly. Keep the battery away from flammable materials during charging and discharging. In case lead wires or metal objects come out from the battery, you must seal and insulate them completely. Caution Texts Concerning Lithium Batteries DANISH ADVARSEL! Lithiumbatteri Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. NORWEGIAN ADVARSEL: Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. 84 SWEDISH VARNING: Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. FINNISH VAROITUS: Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan valmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti. ENGLISH CAUTION: Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the equipment manufacturer. Discard used batteries according to manufacturer's instructions. DEUTSCH VORSICHT: Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemem Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom Hersteller empfohlenen gleich-wertigen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. FRENCH ATTENTION: II y a danger dexplosion sil y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du mme type ou dun type quivalent recommand par le constructeur. Mettre au rebut les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. Attention (for USA Users) The product that you have purchased contains a rechargeable battery. The battery is recyclable. At the end of its useful life, under various state and local laws, it may be illegal to dispose of this battery into the municipal waste stream. Check with your local solid waste officials for details in your area for recycling options or proper disposal. About the AC Adapter Use only the AC adapter supplied with your computer. Use of another type of AC adapter will result in malfunction and/or danger. Do not use the adapter in a high moisture environment. Never touch the adapter when your hands or feet are wet. 85 Allow adequate ventilation around the adapter when using it to operate the device or charge the battery. Do not cover the AC adapter with paper or other objects that will reduce cooling. Do not use the AC adapter while it is inside a carrying case. Connect the adapter to a proper power source. The voltage requirements are found on the product case and/or packaging. Do not use the adapter if the cord becomes damaged. Do not attempt to service the unit. There are no serviceable parts inside. Replace the unit if it is damaged or exposed to excess moisture. 86 On the Use of the RF Device Radio Frequency Interference Requirements and SAR This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. This device complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. EMC Requirements This device uses, generates and radiates radio frequency energy. The radio frequency energy produced by this device is well below the maximum exposure allowed by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). This device complies with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 subpart C of the FCC Rules and Regulations. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference.
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. The FCC limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual and operated in a commercial environment. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular commercial installation, or if operated in a residential area. 87 If harmful interference with radio or television reception occurs when the device is turned on, the user must correct the situation at the users own expense. The user is encouraged to try one or more of the following corrective measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. CAUTION: The Part 15 radio device operates on a non-interference basis with other devices operating at this frequency. Any changes or modification to said product not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the users authority to operate this device. Canada Radio Frequency Interference Requirements To prevent radio interference to the licensed service, this device is intended to be operated indoors and away from windows to provide maximum shielding. Equipment (or its transmit antenna) that is installed outdoors is subject to licensing. Pour empcher que cet appareil cause du brouillage au service faisant l'objet d'une licence, il doit tre utilis l'intrieur et devrait tre plac loin des fentres afin de fournir un cran de blindage maximal. Si le matriel (ou son antenne d'mission) est install l'extrieur, il doit faire l'objet d'une licence. 88 European Union CE Marking and Compliance Notices Statements of Compliance English This product follows the provisions of the European Directive 2014/53/EU. Danish Dette produkt er i overensstemmelse med det europiske direktiv 2014/53/EU. Dutch Dit product is in navolging van de bepalingen van Europees Directief 2014/53/EU. Finnish Tm tuote noudattaa EU-direktiivin 2014/53/EU mryksi. French Ce produit est conforme aux exigences de la Directive Europenne 2014/53/EU. German Dieses Produkt entspricht den Bestimmungen der Europischen Richtlinie 2014/53/EU. Greek To 2014/53/EU. Icelandic essi vara stenst regluger Evrpska Efnahags Bandalagsins nmer 2014/53/EU. Italian Questo prodotto conforme alla Direttiva Europea 2014/53/EU. Norwegian Dette produktet er i henhold til bestemmelsene i det europeiske direktivet 2014/53/EU. Portuguese Este produto cumpre com as normas da Diretiva Europia 2014/53/EU. 89 Spanish Este producto cumple con las normas del Directivo Europeo 2014/53/EU. Swedish Denna produkt har tillverkats i enlighet med EG-direktiv 2014/53/EU. Notices CE Max power:
WLAN 2.4G: 16.5dBm WLAN 5G: 17.29dBm BT: 11.5dBm WWAN: 23.19dBm The device is restricted to indoor use only when operating in the 5150 to 5350 MHz frequency range. AT EE IT PT BE FI LV RO BG FR LT SK CY HR DE EL LU MT SI ES CZ HU NL SE DK IE PL UK Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) This symbol means that according to local laws and regulations your product and/or its battery shall be disposed of separately from household waste. When this product reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities. Proper recycling of your product will protect human health and the environment. 90 User Notification of Take-back Service To Institutional (B2B) Users in United States:
Getac believes in providing our institutional customers with easy-to-use solutions to recycle your Getac-brand products for free. Getac understands the institutional customers will likely be recycling multiple items at once and as such. Getac wants to make the recycling process for these larger shipments as streamlined as possible. Getac works with recycling vendors with the highest standards for protecting our environment, ensuring worker safety, and complying with global environmental laws. Our commitment to recycling our old equipment grows out of our work to protect the environment in many ways. Please see the product type below for information on Getac product, battery and packaging recycling in USA. For Product Recycling:
Your portable Getac products contain hazardous materials. While they pose no risk to you during normal use, they should never be disposed with other wastes. Getac provides a free take-back service for recycling your Getac products. Our electronics recycler will provide competitive bids for recycling non-Getac products as well. For Battery Recycling:
The batteries used to power your portable Getac products contain hazardous materials. While they pose no risk to you during normal use, they should never be disposed with other wastes. Getac provides a free take-back service for recycling your batteries from Getac products. For Packaging Recycling:
Getac has chosen the packaging materials used to transport our products carefully, to balance the requirements of shipping the product to you safely while minimizing the amount of material used. The materials used in our packaging are designed to be recycled locally. If you have the above for recycling, please visit our website https://us.getac.com/aboutg etac/environment.html 91 ENERGY STAR 7.0 ENERGY STAR is a government program that offers businesses and consumers energy-efficient solutions, making it easy to save money while protecting the environment for future generations. Please reference ENERGY STAR related information from http://www.energystar.gov. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Getac Technology Corporation has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. An ENERGY STAR qualified computer uses 70 % less electricity than computers without enabled power management features. Earning the ENERGY STAR When every home office is powered by equipment that has earned the ENERGY STAR, the change will keep over 289 billion pounds of greenhouse gases out of the air. If left inactive, ENERGY STAR qualified computers enter a low-power mode and may use 15 watts or less. New chip technologies make power management features more reliable, dependable, and user-friendly than even just a few years ago. Spending a large portion of time in low-power mode not only saves energy, but helps equipment run cooler and last longer. Businesses that use ENERGY STAR enabled office equipment may realize additional savings on air conditioning and maintenance. 92 Over its lifetime, ENERGY STAR qualified equipment in a single home office (e.g., computer, monitor, printer, and fax) can save enough electricity to light an entire home for more than 4 years. Power management (sleep settings) on computers and monitors can result in much savings annually. Remember, saving energy prevents pollution Because most computer equipment is left on 24 hours a day, power management features are important for saving energy and are an easy way to reduce air pollution. By using less energy, these products help lower consumers utility bills, and prevent greenhouse gas emissions. Getac Product Compliance All Getac products with ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. As recommended by the ENERGY STAR program for optimal energy savings, the computer is automatically set to sleep after 15 minutes (in battery mode) and 30 minutes (in AC mode) of user inactivity. To wake up the computer, press the power button. If you want to configure power management settings such as inactivity time and ways to initiate/end Sleep mode, go to Power Options by right-clicking the battery icon on the Windows taskbar and then selecting Power Options in the pop-up menu. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. 93 Battery Recycling For the U.S. and Canada only:
To recycle the battery, please go to the RBRC Call2Recycle website or use the Call2Recycle Helpline at 800-822-8837. Call2Recycle is a product stewardship program providing no-cost battery and cellphone recycling solutions across the U.S. and Canada. Operated by Call2Recycle, Inc., a 501(c)4 nonprofit public service organization, the program is funded by battery and product manufacturers committed to responsible recycling. See more at: http://www.call2recycle.org 94
various | User Manual Host | Users Manual | 3.80 MiB |
4+
75-4 )7)
Rugged Mobile Computing Solutions
=K=HO &
TRADEMARKS TRADEMARKS TRADEMARKS TRADEMARKS
) >H=@ =@ FH@K?J =AI =HA JH=@A=HI H HACEIJAHA@ JH=@A=HI B JDAEH HAIFA?JELA ?F=EAI
NOTENOTENOTENOTE 6DA EBH=JE E JDEI =K= EI IK>A?J J ?D=CA MEJDKJ JE?A
.H JDA =JAIJ LAHIE B JDA =K= FA=IA LEIEJ JDA /AJ=? MA>IEJA =J MMMCAJ=??
Table of Contents Table of Contents Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Getting Started .............................................................. 1
/AJJEC JDA 6=>AJ 2+ 4KEC
7F=?EC
1IJ=EC JDA 51 +=H@ FJE= =@ *=JJAHO 2=?I !
+A?JEC J )+ 2MAH "
7IEC JDA 6AJDAH #
6KHEC =@ BB JDA 6=>AJ 2+ $
6=EC = =J JDA 6=>AJ 2+ &
.HJ +FAJI &
4A=H +FAJI
ABJ5E@A +FAJI
6F +FAJI
*JJ +FAJI
Chapter 2 Operating Your Tablet PC ............................................. 13
=LEC=JEC JDA 5?HAA "
7IEC JDA 6K?DI?HAA "
7IEC JDA ,K= @A ,EIF=O FJE= %
7IEC AJMH =@ 9EHAAII +A?JEI &
7IEC JDA ) FJE= &
7IEC JDA 9) &
7IEC JDA *6 .A=JKHA '
7IEC JDA 99) .A=JKHA FJE=
Chapter 3 Managing Power .......................................................... 21
)+ )@=FJAH
*=JJAHO 2=? !
+D=HCEC JDA *=JJAHO 2=? !
1EJE=EEC JDA *=JJAHO 2=? "
+DA?EC JDA *=JJAHO ALA "
*=JJAHO M 5EC=I =@ )?JEI #
4AF=?EC JDA *=JJAHO 2=? #
i 2MAH5=LEC 6EFI &
Chapter 4 Using Options and Peripherals ...................................... 29 7IEC JDA .ECAHFHEJ 5?=AH FJE= !
7IEC JDA *=H?@A 4A=@AH FJE= !
+A?JEC 2AHEFDAH= ,ALE?AI !"
+A?JEC = 75* ,ALE?A !"
+A?JEC = )K@E ,ALE?A !#
+A?JEC = 0,1 ,EIF=O EJH !#
7IEC 8=HEKI +=H@ 4A=@AHI !%
7IEC 5=HJ +=H@I FJE= !%
7IEC JDA .+4.1, 4A=@AH FJE= !&
4A=@EC =CAJE? 5JHEFA +=H@I FJE= !'
Chapter 5 Using BIOS Setup ......................................................... 40 9DA =@ 0M J 7IA "
AK ,AI?HEFJEI "
1BH=JE AK "
=E AK "
)@L=?A@ AK "
5A?KHEJO AK ""
*J AK "#
-NEJ AK "#
Chapter 6 Using Getac Software ................................................... 47
5, +JH 2=A "&
/==CAH "'
/+=AH= FJE= #
Chapter 7 Care and Maintenance .................................................. 52 2HJA?JEC JDA 6=>AJ 2+ #!
7IEC = )JE8EHKI 5JH=JACO #!
7IEC JDA +=>A ? #!
6=EC +=HA B JDA 6=>AJ 2+ #"
?=JE /KE@AEAI #"
/AAH= /KE@AEAI #"
+A=EC /KE@AEAI ##
*=JJAHO 2=? /KE@AEAI ##
6K?DI?HAA /KE@AEAI #$
9DA 6H=LAEC #&
Chapter 8 Troubleshooting .......................................................... 59 2HAEE=HO +DA?EIJ $
ii 5LEC + 2H>AI $
*=JJAHO 2H>AI $
*6 9EHAAII 6H=IEIIE 2H>AI $
,EIF=O 2H>AI $
0=H@M=HA ,ALE?A 2H>AI $
2MAH ==CAAJ 2H>AI $!
5AIH 2H>AI $!
5BJM=HA 2H>AI $"
5K@ 2H>AI $"
5J=HJKF 2H>AI $#
9) 2H>AI $#
JDAH 2H>AI $$
4AIAJJEC JDA 6=>AJ 2+ $&
5OIJA 4A?LAHO $'
7IEC 9E@MI 4- $'
7IEC 4A?LAHO 2=HJEJE %
7IEC JDA ,HELAH ,EI? FJE= %
Appendix A Specifications .............................................................. 72 Appendix B Regulatory Information................................................ 74
JDA 7IA B JDA 5OIJA %#
+=II * 4ACK=JEI %#
)51 9=HEC %$
5=BAJO JE?AI %%
JDA 7IA B JDA 4. ,ALE?A %'
75) =@ +==@= 5=BAJO 4AGKEHAAJI =@ JE?AI %'
-KHFA= 7E +- =HEC =@ +FE=?A JE?AI &
7IAH JEBE?=JE B 6=A>=? 5AHLE?A &!
--4/; 56)4 $ &"
*=JJAHO 4A?O?EC &$
iii Chapter 1 Chapter 1 Chapter 1 Chapter 1 Getting Started Getting Started Getting Started Getting Started 6DEI ?D=FJAH BEHIJ JAI OK IJAF >O IJAF DM J CAJ JDA 6=>AJ 2+ KF =@ HKEC
6DA OK ME BE@ = IA?JE >HEABO EJH@K?EC JDA ANJAH= ?FAJI B JDA 6=>AJ 2+
1 Tablet PC Running Getting the Tablet PC Getting the Running Tablet PC Getting the Getting the Tablet PC Running Running Unpacking Unpacking Unpacking Unpacking
)BJAH KF=?EC JDA IDEFFEC ?=HJ OK IDK@ BE@ JDAIA IJ=@=H@ EJAI
4+ 6=>AJ 2+
)+ =@=FJAH
)+ FMAH ?H@
*=JJAHO F=? N 5?HAA ?A=EC ?JD
,?KAJI
,HELAH @EI? FJE=
5JOKI 6AJDAH 1IFA?J = JDA EJAI 1B =O EJA EI @==CA H EIIEC JEBO OKH @A=AH EA@E=JAO
2 Installing the
(Optional) and Battery SIM Card (Optional) and Installing the SIM Card Battery
(Optional) and SIM Card Installing the Installing the SIM Card
(Optional) and Battery Battery Pack Packssss PackPack
?=JA JDA >=JJAHO ?LAH 5E@A JDA JM I= ?I KJM=H@ J JDA K?A@
FIEJE
=@ JDA HAA=IA JDA =J?D
J FA JDA >=JJAHO ?LAH
Select models only:
9EJD JDA 51 ?=H@I ?DEF IE@A B=?EC KF =@ JDA >ALAA@ ?HAH FEJEC J JDA IJ EIAHJ JDA ?=H@ = JDA M=O EJ JDA IJ
NOTE: To remove the SIM card, just push in the SIM card to pop-out and remove the card.
! JA JDA HEAJ=JE B JDA >=JJAHO F=? 0@ JDA >=JJAHO F=? =J = =CA =@
EIAHJ EJI I= J=>I J JDA ?HHAIF@EC J?DAI E JDA >=JJAHO ?F=HJAJ
3 6DA EBJ JDA OAM FHJA?JE IDAAJ E JDA >=JJAHO ?F=HJAJ =@ FKC JDA
>=JJAHO ?A?JH
*=JJAHO
*=JJAHO
" 2H?AA@ MEJD JDA JDAH >=JJAHO F=?
# 0@ JDA >=JJAHO ?LAH =J = =CA =@ EIAHJ JDA ?LAHI I= J=>I J JDA
?HHAIF@EC J?DAI JDA 6=>AJ 2+ JDA ?IA JDA ?LAH 2HAII JDA BKH I= @JI I JD=J JDA ?LAH ?E?I EJ F=?A -C=CA JDA ?LAH =J?D
=@ IE@A JDA JM I= ?I EM=H@ J JDA ?A@ FIEJE
Connecting to AC Power Connecting to AC Power Connecting to AC Power Connecting to AC Power CAUTION: Use only the AC adapter included with your Tablet PC. Using other AC adapters may damage the Tablet PC. 4 NOTE:
The battery pack is shipped to you in power saving mode that protects it from charging/discharging. It will get out of the mode to be ready for use when you install the battery pack and connect AC power to the Tablet PC for the very first time. When the AC adapter is connected, it also charges the battery pack. For information on using battery power, see Chapter 3.
;K KIJ KIA )+ FMAH MDA IJ=HJEC KF JDA 6=>AJ 2+ BH JDA LAHO BEHIJ JEA
2KC JDA ,+ ?H@ B JDA )+ =@=FJAH J JDA FMAH ?A?JH B JDA 6=>AJ 2+
2KC JDA BA=A A@ B JDA )+ FMAH ?H@ J JDA )+ =@=FJAH =@ JDA =A A@ J
= AA?JHE?= KJAJ
! 2MAH EI >AEC IKFFEA@ BH JDA AA?JHE?= KJAJ J JDA )+ =@=FJAH =@ J
OKH 6=>AJ 2+ M OK =HA HA=@O J JKH JDA 6=>AJ 2+
Using the Tether Using the Te ther Using the Te Using the Te ther ther
) JAJDAH EI FHLE@A@ BH =JJ=?DEC JDA IJOKI J OKH 6=>AJ 2+
5
1IAHJ A B JDA JAJDAHI F A@I JDHKCD JDA DA B JDA IJOKI =I E@E?=JA@ >O
>AM 6DA EIAHJ JDA JDAH A@ JDHKCD JDA BEHIJ F =I E@E?=JA@ >O
>AM =@ FK EJ JECDJ
1IAHJ JDA JDAH F A@ J JDA JAJDAH DA JDA 6=>AJ 2+ =I E@E?=JA@ >O
>AM 6DA EIAHJ JDA IJOKI A@ JDHKCD JDA F =I E@E?=JA@ >O >AM
=@ FK EJ JECDJ
Turning On and Off the Tablet PC Turning On and Off the Tablet PC Turning On and Off the Tablet PC Turning On and Off the Tablet PC Turning On Turning On Turning On Turning On 2HAII JDA FMAH >KJJ
6DA 9E@MI FAH=JEC IOIJA IDK@ IJ=HJ
6 NOTE: Tapping the screen during startup may invoke a pre-boot menu (unless the default settings have been changed). If the menu appears, simply select Continue. Turning Off Turning Off Turning Off Turning Off 9DA OK BEEID = MHEC IAIIE OK ?= IJF JDA IOIJA >O JKHEC BB JDA FMAH
H A=LEC EJ E 5AAF H 0E>AH=JE @A
To...To...To...To... 2MAH BB
5DKJ@M
5AAF 0E>AH=JA 6=F Do this... Do this... Do this... Do this... Power Shut down
2HAII JDA FMAH >KJJ
H
6=F
*O @AB=KJ JDEI FJE EI J IDM E JDA 5J=HJ AK 1B OK M=J J KIA JDA BA=JKHA IAJ KF =??H@ECO E 9E@MI IAJJECI
Power Sleep
5AAF EI JDA @AB=KJ IAJJEC B JDA FMAH >KJJ ;K =O ?D=CA MD=J JDA FMAH
>KJJ @AI E 9E@MI IAJJECI
7 Taking a Look at the Tablet PC Taking a Look at the Tablet PC Taking a Look at the Tablet PC Taking a Look at the Tablet PC NOTE: Depending on the model you purchased, the appearance of your Tablet PC may not be exactly the same as those shown in this manual. CAUTION: You need to open the protective covers to access the connectors. When not using a connector, make sure to close the cover completely for water- , dust-, and fire-proof integrity.
(Engage the locking mechanism if existing.) Front Components Front Components Front Components Front Components RefRefRefRef Component Component Component Component Touchscreen Touchscreen Touchscreen Camera lens Camera lens Camera lens
FJE=
Camera lens Touchscreen Light Indicators Indicators Indicators Indicators Power Light ssssensor ensor Light Light ensor ensor Description Description Description Description
)MI OK J KIA JDA ?=AH= BK?JE 9DA JDA ?=AH=
AI EI E KIA JDA E@E?=JH >AIE@A EJ ECDJI KF
,EIF=OI =@ HA?AELAI EBH=JE BH JDA 6=>AJ 2+
5AIAI JDA =>EAJ ECDJ BH =KJ=JE? =@KIJAJI B JDA
@EIF=O >=?ECDJ
ECDJI >KA MDA JDA FMAH EI
8 RefRefRefRef Component Component Component Component Description Description Description Description Battery Battery Battery Battery Charge Charge Charge Charge RF (Radio RF (Radio RF (Radio RF (Radio Frequency) Frequency) Frequency) Frequency) Power bbbbutton utton Power Power utton utton Power Extra button P1 button Up/Down Up/Down bbbbutton utton Up/Down Up/Down utton utton Microphone Microphone Microphone Microphone Windows Logo Windows Logo Windows Logo Windows Logo bbbbutton utton utton utton
*EI >KA MDA JDA IOIJA EI E 5AAF @A
ECDJI =>AH MDA JDA >=JJAHO EI >AEC ?D=HCA@
ECDJI CHAA MDA >=JJAHO ?D=HCEC EI ?FAJA@
*EI CHAA J E@E?=JA JDA >=JJAHOI >KEJE DECD JAFAH=JKHA FHJA?JE A?D=EI EI =?JEL=JA@
CAUTION: Do not remove the battery during this period.
*EI HA@ ?A FAH IA?@ MDA JDA >=JJAHOI ?=F=?EJO EI
>AM
*EI HA@ H=FE@O ?A FAH # IA?@ MDA JDAHA EI =
JDAH= FHJA?JE FH>A )I BH HAF=EH IAHLE?A E ?=IA JDEI D=FFAI
*EI =>AH MDA JDA >=JJAHO ?D=HCEC EI E = =>H=
IJ=JA 4AF=?A JDA >=JJAHO E ?=IA JDEI D=FFAI
ECDJI >KA MDA JDA 4. H=@E B =O 4. BA=JKHA
9)*699) EI
6KHI JDA FMAH H BB 6DA @AB=KJ BB IJ=JA EI 5AAF
@A
6DA @AB=KJ BK?JE EI Camera H Trigger @AFA@EC
OKH @A
Camera Trigger 5J=HJI JDA /+=AH= =FFE?=JE
5AHLAI =I JDA JHECCAH >KJJ BH JDA >=H?@A HA=@AH EB OKH @A D=I JDA @KA
FAI H ?IAI JDA 5, +JH 2=A
When pressed longer:
5AHLAI =I JDA CtrlCtrlCtrlCtrlAltAltAltAltDelDelDelDel AO>=H@ AOI
E?HA=IAI JDA IK@ LKA
@A?HA=IAI JDA IK@ LKA
4A?AELAI IK@ =@ LE?A J HA?H@ LE?A
FAI H ?IAI JDA 5J=HJ AK
9 RefRefRefRef Component Component Component Component agnetic SSSStripe tripe agnetic agnetic tripe tripe MMMMagnetic Reader Reader Reader Reader
FJE=
4A=@I =CAJE? IJHEFA ?=H@I
Description Description Description Description NOTE:
The hardware buttons (except the power button) can be re-defined using G-Manager. Some of the hardware buttons provide keyboard key functions on POST/BIOS Setup/Non-ACPI occasions. (See Button Functions on Special Occasions in Appendix A for information.) Rear Components Rear Components Rear Components Rear Components RefRefRefRef Component Component Component Component Tether hhhholeoleoleole Tether Tether Tether Stylus/
Battery Stylus/
Stylus/
Stylus/
ddddigitizer pen igitizer pen igitizer pen igitizer pen Battery ppppackackackack Battery Battery ccccoveroveroverover Description Description Description Description 5JOKI ?= >A JAJDAHA@ J JDEI DA
5AHLAI =I JDA EFKJ @ALE?A >O J=FFEC JDA JK?DI?HAA
J =A IAA?JEI =@ AJAH EBH=JE
1IE@A =HA JM >=JJAHO F=?I
1IE@A EI JDA 51 ?=H@ IJ FJE=
10 RefRefRefRef Component Component Component Component Description Description Description Description
ECDJI KF MDA JDA ?=AH= AI >AIE@A EJ EI E KIA
Camera i Camera indicator ndicator Camera i Camera i ndicator ndicator
FJE=
Flash Flash FJE=
Flash Flash Camera l Camera lensensensens Camera l Camera l
FJE=
Speaker 5AA?J @AI D=LA A B JDA >AM ?FAJI
2HLE@AI ANJH= ECDJ MDA J=EC FE?JKHAI
)MI OK J KIA JDA ?=AH= BK?JE
Speaker Speaker Speaker 5A@I KJ IK@ =@ LE?A BH OKH 6=>AJ 2+
= Smart Smart ccccard ard ard ard Smart Smart rrrreader ader aderader
> NFC/RFID reader
? Fingerprint Fingerprint Fingerprint Fingerprint sssscanner canner canner canner
)??AFJI = I=HJ ?=H@ BH =@@EJE= IA?KHEJO BA=JKHA
4A=@I @=J= BH .+4.1, J=CI
5AHLAI =I JDA BECAHFHEJ LAHEBE?=JE FHALAJEC K=KJDHEA@ =??AII J OKH 6=>AJ 2+
Left----Side Components Left Side Components Left Left Side Components Side Components RefRefRefRef Component Component Component Component Combo Audio Combo Audio Combo Audio Combo Audio Connector Connector Connector Connector HDMI Connector HDMI Connector HDMI Connector HDMI Connector USB USB 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 PortPortPortPort USB USB Description Description Description Description
+A?JI = IAJ B DA=@FDAI H ANJAH= IFA=AHI MEJD
=FEBEAH 5KFFHJI = DA=@IAJ E?HFDA MEJD "FA 6445 !#
=?
+A?JI = 0,1 EJH H 68 IAJ
+A?JI = 75* @ALE?A
11 TopTopTopTop Components Components Components Components Component Component Component Component RefRefRefRef
= NoneNoneNoneNone Description Description Description Description
H ?= >A A B JDA >AM ?FAJI @AFA@EC OKH @A
> RJ-45 connector +A?JI JDA ) ?=>A
? Barcode reader 5?=I =@ HA=@I >=H?@AI
lens Bottom Components Bottom Components Bottom Bottom Components Components Description Description Description Description RefRefRefRef Component Component Component Component Power Connector Docking Connector Kensington Lock Power Connector Power Connector Power Connector Docking Connector +A?JI J JDA @?EC IJ=JE =L=E=>A =I = FJE
Docking Connector Docking Connector
?I JDA 6=>AJ 2+ J = IJ=JE=HO >A?J BH IA?KHEJO
+A?JI JDA )+ =@=FJAH
Kensington Lock Kensington Lock Kensington Lock 12 Chapter 2 Chapter 2 Chapter 2 Chapter 2 Operating Your Operating Your Operating Your Operating Your Tablet PC Tablet PC Tablet PC Tablet PC 6DEI ?D=FJAH FHLE@AI EBH=JE =>KJ JDA KIA B JDA 6=>AJ 2+
1B OK =HA AM J ?FKJAHI HA=@EC JDEI ?D=FJAH ME DAF OK A=H JDA FAH=JEC
>=IE?I 1B OK =HA =HA=@O = ?FKJAH KIAH OK =O ?DIA J HA=@ O JDA F=HJI
?J=EEC EBH=JE KEGKA J OKH 6=>AJ 2+
CAUTION:
Do not expose your skin to the Tablet PC when operating it in a very hot or cold environment. The Tablet PC can get uncomfortably warm when you use it in high temperatures. As a safety precaution in such a circumstance, do not place the Tablet PC on your lap or touch it with your bare hands for extended periods of time. Prolonged body contact can cause discomfort and potentially a burn. 13 Navigating on the Screen Navigating on the Screen Navigating on the Screen Navigating on the Screen 6DA I?HAA B OKH 6=>AJ 2+ EI JK?DIAIEJELA ;K ?= ?JH JDA ?=JE B JDA
?KHIHFEJAH JDA I?HAA KIEC JDA E?K@A@ IJOKI H OKH BECAH J ?KE?=JA MEJD JDA 6=>AJ 2+
CAUTION: Do not use a sharp object such as a ballpoint pen or pencil on the touchscreen. Doing so may damage the touchscreen surface. Use the included stylus or your finger. NOTE: An optical film has been attached to the screen before shipment. The film is a consumable, which will be worn out by possible scratches. You can purchase a new one when replacement is required. Using the Touchscreen Using the Touchscreen Using the Touchscreen Using the Touchscreen
;KH 6=>AJ 2+ D=I = ?=F=?EJELA JK?DI?HAA 6DEI JOFA B JK?DI?HAA HAIF@I J
>A?JI JD=J D=LA ?@K?JELA FHFAHJEAI IK?D =I BECAHJEFI =@ = ?=F=?EJELAJEFFA@
IJOKI
;K ?= ?D=CA JDA JK?DI?HAA IAIEJELEJO IAJJECI J IKEJ OKH I?A=HE ,K>AJ=F JDA Touch Screen Mode IDHJ?KJ 9E@MI @AIJF J FA JDA IAJJECI AK =@
IAA?J A B JDA FJEI =I IDM >AM
5AA?J JDEI EB OK FHABAH KIEC BECAHJEFI )I IAA?J JDEI MDA
H=E@HFI =HA B=EC
JDA I?HAA =@ IDK@ >A HAA?JA@ =I EFKJ
5AA?J JDEI EB OK =HA KIEC JDA IJOKI ;K KIJ KIA JDA A IKFFEA@ MEJD OKH @A
5AA?J JDEI EB OK =HA MA=HEC CLAI HABAHHEC J
M=H CLAI H MH CLAI J HABAHHEC J
JK?DI?HAA?=F=>A CLAI
NOTE:
In high temperatures (above 60 oC / 140 F), set the mode to Touch instead of Glove or Pen mode. 14 If liquid is spilled on the touchscreen causing a wet area, the area will stop responding to any inputs. For the area to function again, you must dry it. 6DA BMEC J=>A IDMI DM OK KIA JDA JK?DI?HAA J >J=E AGKEL=AJ KIA BK?JEI
Term/Action Term/
Action Term/
Term/
Action Action quivalent Mouse EEEEquivalent Mouse quivalent quivalent Mouse Mouse Function Function Function Function Tap: 6K?D JDA I?HAA ?A
Double-tap: 6K?D JDA I?HAA JME?A H=FE@O
Tap and hold: 6=F =@ D@ KJE = FFKF AK =FFA=HI
Drag: 0@ JDA IJOKI H BECAH JDA I?HAA =@ @H=C =?HII JDA I?HAA KJE HA=?DEC OKH @AIJE=JE
+E?2EJ
,K>A?E?
4ECDJ?E?
,H=C Using Using MultiMultiMultiMulti----touch Gestures touch Gestures Using Using touch Gestures touch Gestures
;K ?= EJAH=?J MEJD OKH 6=>AJ 2+ >O F=?EC JM BECAHI JDA I?HAA 6DA
LAAJ B JDA BECAHI =?HII JDA I?HAA ?HA=JAI CAIJKHAI MDE?D IA@ ?=@I J JDA 6=>AJ 2+
0AHA =HA JDA KJEJK?D CAIJKHAI JD=J OK ?= KIA
Gestures Gestures Gestures Gestures 2=
5?H
2E?D
Action Actionssss Action Action
( = finger down; = finger up)
( = finger down; = finger up)
( = finger down; = finger up)
( = finger down; = finger up)
H
,H=C H BECAHI KF H @M
LA JM BECAHI =F=HJJM=H@ A=?D
JDAH
15 Descriptions Descriptions Descriptions Descriptions 7IA F=EC J IAA
=JDAH F=HJ B = F=CA JD=J D=I I?H >=HI
7IA EC J =A =
EJA = FDJ BH AN=FA JDA I?HAA
=HCAH H I=AH 6DA CAIJKHA MHI E
=FFE?=JEI JD=J IKFFHJ
KIA MDAA EC
Gestures Gestures Gestures Gestures 4J=JA 2HAII =@
6=F 6M
BECAH 6=F
.E?I Action Actionssss Action Action
( = finger down; = finger up)
( = finger down; = finger up)
( = finger down; = finger up)
( = finger down; = finger up)
H
LA JM BECAHI E FFIEC
@EHA?JEI
H
7IA A BECAH J FELJ =HK@ =JDAH
2HAII J=HCAJ =@ J=F KIEC = IA?@
BECAH
Descriptions Descriptions Descriptions Descriptions 7IA HJ=JEC J LA =
FE?JKHA H JDAH EJA
JDA I?HAA E = ?EH?K=H
@EHA?JE ??MEIA H
?KJAH
??MEIA 6DA CAIJKHA MHI E =FFE?=JEI JD=J IKFFHJ JDA IFA?EBE?
CAIJKHA
7IA FHAII =@ J=F J
=??AII JDA IDHJ?KJ
AK
6DA BK?JE EI @ABEA@ >O
=FFE?=JEI JD=J IKFFHJ JDA IFA?EBE? CAIJKHA
6=F JM BECAHI =J JDA I=A JEA MDAHA JDA J=HCAJ EI E JDA E@FEJ >AJMAA JDA BECAHI
=A GKE? @H=C CAIJKHAI E JDA @AIEHA@
@EHA?JE
16
.E? ABJ H HECDJ J
=LEC=JA >=? =@
BHM=H@ E = >HMIAH =@
JDAH =FFE?=JEI 6DA CAIJKHA MHI E IJ
=FFE?=JEI JD=J IKFFHJ
>=? =@ BHM=H@
Using the Dual Mode Display (Optional) Using the Dual Mode Display (Optional) Using the Using the Dual Mode Display (Optional) Dual Mode Display (Optional)
,K= @A @EIF=O EB OKH @A D=I JDA BA=JKHA E?HFH=JAI >JD JK?DI?HAA =@
@ECEJEAH BK?JEI
6DA @EIF=O EI IAJ J 6K?DI?HAA @A >O @AB=KJ 6K?DI?HAA @A FHLE@AI =
JDA BK?JE=EJEAI JD=J = H@E=HO JK?DI?HAA D=I 9DA JDA 6=>AJ 2+ HA?AELAI IEC=I BH JDA @ECEJEAH FA JDA @EIF=O =KJ=JE?=O IMEJ?DAI J ,ECEJEAH @A
;K ?= LA JDA ?KHIH >O >HECEC JDA @ECEJEAH FA ?IA J JDA I?HAA MEJDKJ
=?JK=O JK?DEC JDA I?HAAI IKHB=?A
17 Using Network and Wireless Using Network and Wireless Network Using Using Network and Wireless and Wireless Connections Connections Connections Connections Using the LAN (Optional) Using the LAN
(Optional) Using the LAN Using the LAN
(Optional)
(Optional) 6 ?A?J JDA AJMH ?=>A J JDA ) @KA EB OKH @A D=I JDA BA=JKHA
?A?J A A@ B JDA ) ?=>A J JDA 4"# ?A?JH JDA 6=>AJ 2+ =@ JDA
JDAH A@ J JDA AJMH DK>
Using the Using the WLANWLANWLANWLAN Using the Using the 6DA 9) 9EHAAII ?= )HA= AJMH @KA IKFFHJI 1--- & =?
?F=JE>A MEJD & =>C
the WLAN Radio Turning Onnnn/O/O/O/Offffffff the WLAN Turning O Radio the WLAN Turning O Turning O the WLAN Radio Radio To turn on the WLAN radio:
6=F FIEJE
Settings Network & Internet Wi-Fi 5E@A JDA Wi-Fi IMEJ?D J JDA On To turn off the WLAN radio:
;K ?= JKH BB JDA 9) H=@E JDA I=A M=O OK JKH EJ
1B OK M=J J GKE?O JKH BB = MEHAAII H=@E IEFO IMEJ?D )EHF=A @A
6=F Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode 5E@A JDA Airplane mode IMEJ?D J JDA On FIEJE
18 Connecting to a WLAN Network Connecting to a WLAN Network Connecting to a WLAN Network Connecting to a WLAN Network
=A IKHA JD=J JDA 9) BK?JE EI A=>A@ =I @AI?HE>A@ =>LA
6=F JDA AJMH E?
!
1 JDA EIJ B =L=E=>A MEHAAII AJMHI J=F = AJMH =@ JDA J=F Connect Connect
Connect Connect
" 5A AJMHI HAGKEHA = AJMH IA?KHEJO AO H F=IIFDH=IA 6 ?A?J J A E JDA MAH HECDJ B JDA J=I >=H
B JDIA AJMHI =I OKH AJMH =@EEIJH=JH H 1JAHAJ IAHLE?A FHLE@AH
152 BH JDA IA?KHEJO AO H F=IIFDH=IA
.H HA EBH=JE IAJJEC = MEHAAII AJMH ?A?JE HABAH J 9E@MI
EA DAF
Using thethethethe BT Feature Using BT Feature Using Using BT Feature BT Feature 6DA *6 JA?DCO =MI IDHJH=CA MEHAAII ?KE?=JEI >AJMAA @ALE?AI MEJDKJ HAGKEHEC = ?=>A ?A?JE ,=J= ?= >A JH=IEJJA@ JDHKCD M=I F?AJI
=@ >HEAB?=IAI =I C =I JM @ALE?AI =HA MEJDE H=CA
the BT Radio On/Off the Turning On/Off Turning BT Radio the On/Off Turning Turning On/Off the BT Radio BT Radio To turn on the BT radio:
6=F Settings Devices BT 5E@A JDA BT IMEJ?D J JDA On FIEJE
To turn off the BT radio:
;K ?= JKH BB JDA *6 H=@E JDA I=A M=O OK JKH EJ
1B OK M=J J GKE?O JKH BB = MEHAAII H=@E IEFO IMEJ?D )EHF=A @A
6=F Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode 5E@A JDA Airplane mode IMEJ?D J JDA On FIEJE
Connecting to another BT Device Connecting to another BT Device Connecting to another BT Device Connecting to another BT Device
=A IKHA JD=J JDA *6 BK?JE EI A=>A@ =I @AI?HE>A@ =>LA
=A IKHA JD=J JDA J=HCAJ *6 @ALE?A EI JKHA@ @EI?LAH=>A =@ MEJDE ?IA H=CA 5AA JDA @?KAJ=JE JD=J ?=A MEJD JDA *6 @ALE?A
! 6=F Settings Devices BT
19
" 5AA?J JDA @ALE?A OK M=J J ?A?J BH JDA IA=H?D HAIKJI
# ,AFA@EC JDA JOFA B *6 @ALE?A JD=J OK M=J J ?A?J J OK ME AA@
J AJAH JDA FAHJEAJ EBH=JE
.H @AJ=EA@ EBH=JE KIEC JDA *6 BA=JKHA IAA 9E@MI EA 0AF. Using the WWAN Feature (Optional) Using the WWAN Feature (Optional) Using the Using the WWAN Feature (Optional) WWAN Feature (Optional)
) 99) 9EHAAII 9E@A )HA= AJMH KIAI >EA JAA?KE?=JE ?AK=H
AJMH JA?DCEAI J JH=IBAH @=J= 6DA 99) @KA B OKH 6=>AJ 2+
IKFFHJI !/ =@ "/ 6-
NOTE:
Your model only supports data transmission. Voice transmission is not supported. For instructions on installing the SIM card, see Installing the SIM Card (Optional) and Battery Packs in Chapter 1. On/Off the WWAN Radio Turning On/Off Turning the WWAN Radio On/Off Turning Turning On/Off the WWAN Radio the WWAN Radio To turn on the WWAN radio:
6=F J JDA FIEJE
Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode 5E@A JDA Cellular IMEJ?D To turn off the WWAN radio:
;K ?= JKH BB JDA 99) H=@E JDA I=A M=O OK JKH EJ
1B OK M=J J GKE?O JKH BB = MEHAAII H=@E IEFO IMEJ?D )EHF=A @A
6=F Settings Network & Internet Airplane mode 5E@A JDA Airplane mode IMEJ?D J JDA On FIEJE
SSSSeeeetting up a WWAN Connection tting up a WWAN Connection tting up a WWAN Connection tting up a WWAN Connection Settings Network & Internet Cellular .H @AJ=EA@ EBH=JE
6=F
?AK=H IAJJECI E 9E@MI IAA E?HIBJ 5KFFHJ MA>IEJA
20 Chapter 3 Chapter 3 Chapter 3 Chapter 3 Managing Power Managing Power Managing Power Managing Power
;KH 6=>AJ 2+ FAH=JAI AEJDAH ANJAH= )+ FMAH H EJAH= >=JJAHO FMAH
6DEI ?D=FJAH JAI OK DM OK ?= ABBA?JELAO ==CA FMAH 6 =EJ=E FJE=
>=JJAHO FAHBH=?A EJ EI EFHJ=J JD=J OK KIA JDA >=JJAHO E JDA FHFAH M=O
21 AC Adapter AC Adapter AC Adapter AC Adapter CAUTION:
The AC adapter is designed for use with your Tablet PC only. Connecting the AC adapter to another device can damage the adapter. The AC power cord supplied with your Tablet PC is for use in the country where you purchased your Tablet PC. If you plan to go overseas with the Tablet PC, consult your dealer for the appropriate power cord. When you disconnect the AC adapter, disconnect from the electrical outlet first and then from the Tablet PC. A reverse procedure may damage the AC adapter or Tablet PC. When unplugging the connector, always hold the plug head. Never pull on the cord. 6DA )+ =@=FJAH IAHLAI =I = ?LAHJAH BH )+ )JAH=JEC +KHHAJ J ,+ ,EHA?J
+KHHAJ FMAH >A?=KIA OKH 6=>AJ 2+ HKI ,+ FMAH >KJ = AA?JHE?= KJAJ KIK=O FHLE@AI )+ FMAH 1J =I ?D=HCAI JDA >=JJAHO F=? MDA ?A?JA@ J )+
FMAH
6DA =@=FJAH FAH=JAI =O LJ=CA E JDA H=CA B " 8 )+
22 BatBatBatBattery Pack tery Pack tery Pack tery Pack
;KH 6=>AJ 2+ D=I JM >=JJAHO F=?I 6DA >=JJAHO F=? EI JDA EJAH= FMAH IKH?A BH JDA 6=>AJ 2+ 1J EI HA?D=HCA=>A KIEC JDA )+ =@=FJAH
NOTE: Care and maintenance information for the battery is provided in the Battery Pack Guidelines section in Chapter 7. Charging the Battery Pack Charging the Battery Pack Charging Charging the Battery Pack the Battery Pack NOTE:
Charging will not start if the batterys temperature is outside the allowed range, which is between 0 C (32 F) and 50 C (122 F). Once the batterys temperature meets the requirements, charging automatically resumes. During charging, do not disconnect the AC adapter before the battery has been fully charged; otherwise you will get a prematurely charged battery. The battery has a high temperature protection mechanism which limits the maximum charge of the battery to 80% of its total capacity in the event of high temperature conditions. In such conditions, the battery will be regarded as fully charged at 80% capacity. The battery level may automatically lessen due to the self-discharge process, even when the battery pack is fully charged. This happens no matter if the battery pack is installed in the Tablet PC. 6 ?D=HCA JDA >=JJAHO F=? ?A?J JDA )+ =@=FJAH J JDA 6=>AJ 2+ =@ = AA?JHE?=
KJAJ 6DA *=JJAHO +D=HCA 1@E?=JH
JDA 6=>AJ 2+ CMI =>AH J E@E?=JA JD=J ?D=HCEC EI E FHCHAII ;K =HA =@LEIA@ J AAF JDA 6=>AJ 2+ FMAH BB MDEA JDA >=JJAHO EI >AEC ?D=HCA@ 9DA JDA >=JJAHO EI BKO ?D=HCA@ JDA *=JJAHO +D=HCA 1@E?=JH CMI CHAA
6DA JM >=JJAHO F=?I =HA ?D=HCA@ E IAGKA?A Battery 1 BEHIJ =@ JDA Battery 2 1J J=AI =FFHNE=JAO # DKHI J BKO ?D=HCA JDA JM >=JJAHO F=?I MDA JDA FMAH EI BB
=@ =FFHNE=JAO $ DKHI MDA JDA FMAH EI =O AA@ = CAH ?D=HCEC JEA =J
MAH JAFAH=JKHAI
23 CAUTION: After the Tablet PC has been fully recharged, do not immediately disconnect and reconnect the AC adapter to charge it again. Doing so may damage the battery. Initializing the Battery Pack Initializing the Battery Pack Initializing the Battery Pack Initializing the Battery Pack
;K AA@ J EEJE=EA = AM >=JJAHO F=? >ABHA KIEC EJ BH JDA BEHIJ JEA H MDA JDA
=?JK= FAH=JEC JEA B = >=JJAHO F=? EI K?D AII JD= ANFA?JA@ 1EJE=EEC EI JDA FH?AII B BKO ?D=HCEC @EI?D=HCEC =@ JDA ?D=HCEC 1J ?= J=A IALAH= DKHI
) IBJM=HA J ?=A@ /=KCA 4AIAJ EI FHLE@A@ BH JDA FKHFIA 7IA JDA /==CAH FHCH= =@ IAA?J JDA Battery J=> J BE@ JDA J
Checking the Battery Level Checking the Battery Level Checking the Battery Level Checking the Battery Level NOTE: Any battery level indication is an estimated result. The actual operating time can be different from the estimated time, depending on how you are using the Tablet PC. 6DA FAH=JEC JEA B = BKO ?D=HCA@ >=JJAHO F=? @AFA@I DM OK =HA KIEC JDA 6=>AJ 2+ 9DA OKH =FFE?=JEI BJA =??AII FAHEFDAH=I OK ME ANFAHEA?A =
IDHJAH FAH=JEC JEA
6DA JM >=JJAHO F=?I =HA @EI?D=HCA@ E F=H=A
By Operating System By Operating System By Operating System By Operating System
;K ?= ?DA? JDA =FFHNE=JA >=JJAHO ALA KIEC JDA >=JJAHO AJAH BK?JE B JDA
FAH=JEC IOIJA 6 HA=@ JDA >=JJAHO ALA E 9E@MI J=F JDA >=JJAHO E? JDA J=I>=H
By Gas Gauge By Gas Gauge By Gas Gauge By Gas Gauge
JDA ANJAHEH IE@A B JDA >=JJAHO F=? EI = C=I C=KCA BH @EIF=OEC JDA AIJE=JA@
>=JJAHO ?D=HCA 9DA JDA >=JJAHO F=? EI J EIJ=A@ E JDA 6=>AJ 2+ =@ OK M=J J M JDA >=JJAHO ?D=HCA OK ?= FHAII JDA FKID>KJJ J IAA JDA K>AH B -,I JD=J ECDJ KF -=?D -, HAFHAIAJI ?D=HCA
24 2KID>KJJ
Battery Low Signals and Actions Battery Low Signals and Actions Battery Low Battery Low Signals and Actions Signals and Actions 6DA >=JJAHO E? ?D=CAI =FFA=H=?A J @EIF=O JDA ?KHHAJ IJ=JA B JDA >=JJAHO
Battery Battery IconIconIconIcon Battery Battery Battery Level Battery Level Battery Level Battery Level Description Description Description Description
,EI?D=HCEC
M
+HEJE?=O
M 6DA E? IDMI JDA ?D=HCA HA=EEC E
FAH?AJ E?HAAJI KJE JDA ?D=HCA HA=?DAI JDA
M>=JJAHO ALA
6DA >=JJAHO ?D=HCA D=I HA=?DA@ JDA M
>=JJAHO ALA
6DA >=JJAHO ?D=HCA D=I HA=?DA@ JDA ?HEJE?= >=JJAHO
ALA *O @AB=KJ 9E@MI ME @EIF=O =
JEBE?=JE =@ FKJ OKH 6=>AJ 2+ EJ
0E>AH=JE
9DA JDA >=JJAHO EI M JDA 6=>AJ 2+I *=JJAHO +D=HCA 1@E?=JH
HA@ J =AHJ OK J J=A =?JEI
)M=OI HAIF@ J M>=JJAHO >O ?A?JEC JDA )+ =@=FJAH F=?EC OKH 6=>AJ 2+
E 0E>AH=JE @A H JKHEC BB JDA 6=>AJ 2+
=I >EI Replacing the Battery Pack Replacing the Battery Pack Replacing the Battery Pack Replacing the Battery Pack CAUTION:
There is danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace the battery only with the Tablet PC manufacturers battery packs. Discard used batteries according to the dealers instructions. Do not attempt to disassemble the battery pack. NOTE: You can hot swap one battery pack while the other one is supplying the power. 25 6 HAF=?A JDA >=JJAHO F=? BM JDAIA IJAFI
?=JA JDA >=JJAHO ?LAH 5E@A JDA JM I= ?I KJM=H@ J JDA K?A@
FIEJE
=@ JDA HAA=IA JDA =J?D
J FA JDA >=JJAHO ?LAH
2K JDA HE>> IJHEF J EBJ JDA >=JJAHO F=? BB JDA ?F=HJAJ
! .EJ =JDAH >=JJAHO F=? EJ F=?A JA JDA HEAJ=JE B JDA >=JJAHO F=? 0@
JDA >=JJAHO F=? =J = =CA =@ EIAHJ EJI I= J=>I J JDA ?HHAIF@EC J?DAI E JDA >=JJAHO ?F=HJAJ 6DA EBJ JDA OAM FHJA?JE IDAAJ E JDA >=JJAHO
?F=HJAJ =@ FKC JDA >=JJAHO ?A?JH
26
" 0@ JDA >=JJAHO ?LAH =J = =CA =@ EIAHJ JDA ?LAHI I= J=>I J JDA
?HHAIF@EC J?DAI JDA 6=>AJ 2+ JDA ?IA JDA ?LAH 2HAII JDA BKH I= @JI I JD=J JDA ?LAH ?E?I EJ F=?A -C=CA JDA ?LAH =J?D
=@ IE@A JDA JM I= ?I EM=H@ J JDA ?A@ FIEJE
27 Power----Saving Tips Power Saving Tips Power Power Saving Tips Saving Tips
)IE@A BH A=>EC OKH 6=>AJ 2+I FMAH I=LEC @A OK ?= @ OKH F=HJ J
=NEEA JDA >=JJAHOI FAH=JEC JEA >O BMEC JDAIA IKCCAIJEI
, J @EI=>A 2MAH ==CAAJ
,A?HA=IA JDA +, >HECDJAII J JDA MAIJ ?BHJ=>A ALA
5DHJA JDA ACJD B JEA >ABHA 9E@MI JKH BB JDA @EIF=O
9DA J KIEC = ?A?JA@ @ALE?A @EI?A?J EJ
6KH BB JDA MEHAAII H=@E EB OK =HA J KIEC JDA MEHAAII @KA IK?D =I 9) *6 H 99)
6KH BB JDA 6=>AJ 2+ MDA OK =HA J KIEC EJ
28 Chapter 4 Chapter 4 Chapter 4 Chapter 4 Using Options and Using Options and Using Options and Using Options and Peripherals Peripherals Peripherals Peripherals 6DEI ?D=FJAH @AI?HE>AI JDA KIA B FJE= @KAI =@ JDA ?A?JE B FAHEFDAH=I
29 Using the Using the Fingerprint Scanner Fingerprint Scanner Using the Using the Fingerprint Scanner Fingerprint Scanner
(Optional)
(Optional)
(Optional)
(Optional) WARNING:
We shall not be liable for any loss or damage whatsoever resulting from your use of the fingerprint scanner or neglect of fingerprint scanner use, or any data loss resulting from such developments as fingerprint authentication malfunctioning. It is not recommended that you use the fingerprint scanner in a below-
freezing temperature. The moisture on your finger can freeze to the scanners metal surface when you touch it, resulting in a failed operation. Besides, touching freezing metal with your finger can cause frostbite. 6DA BECAHFHEJ I?=AH EB OKH @A D=I JDA BA=JKHA FHLE@AI = IJHC
=KJDAJE?=JE A?D=EI >=IA@ BECAHFHEJ HA?CEJE
NOTE:
You can enroll a fingerprint only after creating a password for the Windows user account. The fingerprint logon process can take a while. This is because the system has to check hardware devices and security configuration before initiating the fingerprint scanner. 30 6 AH OKH BECAHFHEJ
6=F
JDA HECDJ IE@A K@AH Fingerprint J=F Set up
! .M JDA I?HAA EIJHK?JEI J ?FAJA
Settings Accounts Sign-in options
31 Using the Barcode Reader (Optional) Using the Barcode Reader (Optional) Using the Barcode Reader (Optional) Using the Barcode Reader (Optional) NOTE: For enhanced applications and customization of the module, contact your authorized Getac dealer. 1B OKH @A D=I JDA >=H?@A HA=@AH @KA OK ?= HA=@ >=H?@AI B JDA BMEC JOFAI
+@A !'
+@A &
-))72+
/5 ,=J=>=H 1JAHA=LA@ B #
2,."%
34 +@A
,=J= =JHEN
+4 6 HA=@ >=H?@AI
5J=HJ OKH FH?AIIEC IBJM=HA =@ FA = AM H ANEIJEC BEA 2=?A JDA EIAHJE
FEJ H ?=A@ ?KHIH MDAHA OK M=J JDA @=J= J >A AJAHA@
2HAII =@ D@ JDA 6HECCAH >KJJ B OKH 6=>AJ 2+ MDEA =EEC JDA I?= ECDJ =J JDA >=H?@A 6DA ECDJ FHA?JA@ BH JDA AI ?IEIJI B = ?AJAH =HAH =@
BKH ?HAH =HAHI =A IKHA JDA >=H?@A EI MEJDE JDA BKH ?HAH =HAHI
)@KIJ JDA AI @EIJ=?A BH JDA >=H?@A IDHJAH BH = I=AH >=H?@A =@
B=HJDAH BH = =HCAH A
6HECCAH
>KJJ
32 NOTE: Improper ambient light and scanning angle can affect the scanning results.
! 7F = IK??AIIBK I?= JDA IOIJA >AAFI =@ JDA I?= ECDJ JKHI BB 6DA
@A?@A@ >=H?@A @=J= ME >A AJAHA@ EJ OKH FH?AIIEC IBJM=HA
33 Connecting Peripheral Devices Connecting Peripheral Devices Connecting Peripheral Devices Connecting Peripheral Devices
;K ?= ANF=@ JDA ?=F=>EEJEAI B OKH 6=>AJ 2+ >O ?A?JEC JDAH FAHEFDAH=
@ALE?AI
9DA KIEC = @ALE?A >A IKHA J HA=@ JDA EIJHK?JEI =??F=OEC JDA @ALE?A JCAJDAH MEJD JDA HAAL=J IA?JE E JDEI ?D=FJAH
Connecting a USB Device Connecting a USB Device Connecting a USB Device Connecting a USB Device
;KH 6=>AJ 2+ D=I = 75* ! FHJ BH ?A?JEC 75* @ALE?AI IK?D =I = @ECEJ=
?=AH= I?=AH FHEJAH @A =@ KIA
6 K? JDA ABJIE@A ?LAH
34 Connecting an an an an Audio Device Connecting Audio Device Connecting Connecting Audio Device Audio Device
.H DECDAH =K@E GK=EJO OK ?= IA@ IK@ JDHKCD = ANJAH= =K@E @ALE?A
6DA =K@E ?> ?A?JH EI JDA "FA 6445 !# JOFA )FFA E2DA 4A?AIIA@ I OK ?= ?A?J = ?F=JE>A DA=@IAJ E?HFDA
6 K? JDA ABJIE@A ?LAH
SAFETY WARNING:
To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. HDMI Display Monitor Connecting annnn HDMI Display Connecting a Monitor HDMI Display Connecting a Connecting a HDMI Display Monitor Monitor 1B OK M=J JDA >AABEJI B = =HCAH @EIF=O I?HAA MEJD DECDAH HAIKJE OK ?=
?A?J = ANJAH= @EIF=O EJH J OKH 6=>AJ 2+
35
;KH 6=>AJ 2+ D=I = 0,1 ?A?JH 0,1 0ECD,ABEEJE KJEA@E=
1JAHB=?A EI = =K@ELE@A EJAHB=?A JD=J JH=IEJI K?FHAIIA@ @ECEJ= @=J= =@
JDAHABHA @AELAHI JHKA 0, GK=EJO
6 K? JDA ABJIE@A ?LAH
6 IMEJ?D JDA @EIF=O KJFKJ KIA 9E@MI Control Panel H 5, +JH 2=A
36 Various Card Readers Using Various Using Card Readers Various Using Using Various Card Readers Card Readers Cards (Optional) Smart Cards Using Smart Using
(Optional) Cards Smart Using Using Smart Cards
(Optional)
(Optional) 1B OKH @A D=I JDA I=HJ ?=H@ HA=@AH OK ?= KIA I=HJ ?=H@I
9EJD = A>A@@A@ E?H?JHAH I=HJ ?=H@I D=LA JDA KEGKA =>EEJO J IJHA =HCA
=KJI B @=J= ?=HHO KJ JDAEH M ?=H@ BK?JEI AC A?HOFJE =@ KJK=
=KJDAJE?=JE =@ EJAH=?J EJAECAJO MEJD = I=HJ ?=H@ HA=@AH
6 EIAHJ = I=HJ ?=H@
?=JA JDA I=HJ ?=H@ HA=@AH FA JDA ?LAH
9EJD JDA A>A@@A@ ?FKJAH ?DEF B=?EC BHJ =@ A=H JDA IJ IE@A JDA I=HJ
?=H@ EJ JDA IJ
+DEF JDA JDAH IE@A
B JDA ?=H@
! +IA JDA ?LAH
6 HALA = I=HJ ?=H@
=A IKHA JD=J JDA IBJM=HA EI J =??AIIEC JDA I=HJ ?=H@
FA JDA ?LAH
! 2K JDA ?=H@ KJ B JDA IJ
" +IA JDA ?LAH
37 Reader (Optional) NFC/RFID Reader Using the NFC/RFID Using the
(Optional) Reader NFC/RFID Using the Using the NFC/RFID Reader
(Optional)
(Optional) 6DA .+4.1, HA=@AH ?= HA=@ @=J= BH .+ A=H .EA@ +KE?=JE =@ 4.1,
4=@E .HAGKA?O 1@AJEBE?=JE J=CI 1J IKFFHJI 15 """! )* 1.)4- 15 #$'!
=@ 15 &! IJ=@=H@I
.H FJE= HAIKJI MDA HA=@EC = .+4.1, J=C D=LA JDA J=C B=?A JDA =JA= E
JDA I=A HEAJ=JE =I E@E?=JA@ >O JDA E? JDA ANJAHEH B JDA 6=>AJ 2+
4.1, HA=@AH NOTE:
When not using an NFC/RFID card, do not leave it within or near the antenna area. For enhanced applications and customization of the module, contact your authorized Getac dealer. The NFC reader requires specialized applications. For further information, ask your system administrator. 38 tripe CCCCardardardards (Optional) agnetic SSSStripe Reading Magnetic Reading M s (Optional) tripe agnetic Reading M Reading M agnetic tripe s (Optional) s (Optional) 1B OKH @A D=I JDA =CAJE? IJHEFA HA=@AH OK ?= HA=@ =CAJE? IJHEFA ?=H@I 9EJD JDA ?=H@I =CAJE? IJHEFA B=?EC JDA 6=>AJ 2+ IMEFA JDA ?=H@ JDHKCD JDA IJ BH
AEJDAH IE@A
NOTE: Make sure to press the magnetic stripe firmly against the reader when swiping the card. A poor contact or an incomplete swipe action will result in an unsuccessful reading. 39 Chapter 5 Chapter 5 Chapter 5 Chapter 5 Using BIOS Setup Using BIOS Setup Using BIOS Setup Using BIOS Setup
*15 5AJKF 7JEEJO EI = FHCH= BH ?BECKHEC JDA *15 *=IE? 1FKJ KJFKJ 5OIJA
IAJJECI B JDA ?FKJAH *15 EI = =OAH B IBJM=HA ?=A@ BEHM=HA JD=J JH=I=JAI EIJHK?JEI BH JDAH =OAHI B IBJM=HA EJ EIJHK?JEI JD=J JDA ?FKJAH D=H@M=HA ?= K@AHIJ=@ 6DA *15 IAJJECI =HA AA@A@ >O OKH ?FKJAH J E@AJEBO JDA JOFAI B EIJ=A@ @ALE?AI =@ AIJ=>EID IFA?E= BA=JKHAI
6DEI ?D=FJAH JAI OK DM J KIA JDA *15 5AJKF 7JEEJO
40 and How to Use When When When When and How to Use and How and How to Use to Use NOTE:
The actual setting items on your model may differ from those described in this chapter. The availability of some setting items depends on the Windows version your computer is running.
;K AA@ J HK *15 5AJKF 7JEEJO MDA
;K IAA = AHHH AII=CA JDA I?HAA HAGKAIJEC OK J HK *15 5AJKF 7JEEJO
;K M=J J HAIJHA JDA B=?JHO @AB=KJ *15 IAJJECI
;K M=J J @EBO IA IFA?EBE? IAJJECI =??H@EC J JDA D=H@M=HA
;K M=J J @EBO IA IFA?EBE? IAJJECI J FJEEA JDA IOIJA FAHBH=?A
6 HK *15 5AJKF 7JEEJO
Method 1: ,KHEC IOIJA IJ=HJKF MDA JDA C I?HAA =FFA=HI J=F JDA I?HAA H FHAII JDA Windows Logo >KJJ OKH 6=>AJ 2+ 1 JDA FHA>J AK JD=J =FFA=HI
IAA?J Setup Utility
NOTE:
If you dont want any accidental tapping to invoke the pre-boot menu, you can disable this method by setting the Screen Tapping for Boot Options item in the BIOS Setup Utility. For Windows 10 models, the time period in which you can use the above method is extremely short. You can use the other method as described below. Method 2: 6=F Settings Update & security Recovery 7@AH Advanced startup J=F Restart now 1 JDA >J FJEI AK J=F Troubleshoot Advanced options UEFI Firmware Settings 6=F Restart
41 Menu Descriptions Menu Descriptions Menu Descriptions Menu Descriptions Information Information MenuMenuMenuMenu Information Information 6DA 1BH=JE AK ?J=EI JDA >=IE? ?BECKH=JE EBH=JE B JDA IOIJA
6DAHA =HA KIAH@ABE=>A EJAI E JDEI AK
NOTE: The Asset Tag information appears when you have entered the asset number for this Tablet PC using the asset management program. The program is provided in the Asset tag folder of the Driver disc. Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu 6DA =E AK ?J=EI JDA L=HEKI IOIJA IAJJECI
System Date IAJI JDA IOIJA @=JA
System Date System Date System Date System Time IAJI JDA IOIJA JEA
System Time System Time System Time Boot Priority @AJAHEAI JDA BEHIJ @ALE?A JD=J JDA IOIJA >JI BH 5AA?J AC=?O Boot Priority Boot Priority Boot Priority
.EHIJ H 7-.1 .EHIJ =??H@EC J OKH AA@I
gacy USB Support A=>AI H @EI=>AI JDA IOIJAI IKFFHJ BH AC=?O 75*
LeLeLeLegacy USB Support gacy USB Support gacy USB Support CSM Support A=>AI H @EI=>AI +5 +F=JE>EEJO 5KFFHJ @A ;K ?= IAJ JDEI EJA J ;AI BH >=?M=H@ ?F=JE>EEJO MEJD AC=?O *15 IAHLE?AI
PXE Boot IAJI JDA 2:- >J J 7-.1 H AC=?O 2:- 2HA>J A:A?KJE
-LEHAJ EI = ALEHAJ J >J ?FKJAHI KIEC = AJMH EJAHB=?A E@AFA@AJO B @=J= IJH=CA @ALE?AI H EIJ=A@ FAH=JEC IOIJAI
Advanced Menu Advanced Menu Advanced Menu Advanced Menu 6DA )@L=?A@ AK ?J=EI JDA =@L=?A@ IAJJECI
Wake Up Capability Wake Up Capability Wake Up Capability Wake Up Capability USB Wake-Up From S3 =M = 75* @ALE?A =?JELEJO J M=A KF JDA IOIJA BH 5!
5AAF IJ=JA
42 System Policy =MI OK J ?DIA >AJMAA 2AHBH=?A =@ *==?A 1B >=JJAHO
EBA EI OKH BEHIJ FHEHEJO IAA?J *==?A 1B OK AA@ IOIJA FAHBH=?A HA JD= >=JJAHO EBA IAA?J 2AHBH=?A
AC Initiation IAJI EB ?A?JEC )+ FMAH ME =KJ=JE?=O IJ=HJ H HAIKA JDA AC Initiation AC Initiation AC Initiation IOIJA
Screen Tapping for Boot Options IAJI EB J=FFEC JDA I?HAA @KHEC IJ=HJKF ME
ELA JDA >J FJEI AK MDE?D FHLE@AI =??AII J IA FHA>J
FAH=JEI 1B @EI=>A@ J=FFEC JDA I?HAA @KHEC IJ=HJKF D=I ABBA?J J JDA IOIJAI >JEC FH?AII
Address Pass Through =MI JDA IOIJA IFA?EBE? )+ =@@HAII J F=II MACMACMACMAC Address Pass Through Address Pass Through Address Pass Through JDHKCD = ?A?JA@ @? A=EC JDA @? IFA?EBE? )+ =@@HAII ME >A
LAHHE@@A >O JDA IOIJA IFA?EBE? )+ =@@HAII 6DEI BA=JKHA O MHI BH 7-.1 2:- >J
Setup Virtualization Technology Virtualization Technology Setup Virtualization Technology Virtualization Technology Setup Setup Intel(R) Virtualization Technology A=>AI H @EI=>AI 1JA 86 1JA
Intel(R) Virtualization Technology Intel(R) Virtualization Technology Intel(R) Virtualization Technology 8EHJK=E=JE 6A?DCO BA=JKHA MDE?D FHLE@AI D=H@M=HA IKFFHJ BH FH?AIIH LEHJK=E=JE 9DA A=>A@ = 8 8EHJK= =?DEA EJH ?=
KJEEA JDA =@@EJE= D=H@M=HA LEHJK=E=JE ?=F=>EEJEAI FHLE@A@ >O JDEI JA?DCO
Intel(R) VT for Directed I/O (VT----d)d)d)d) A=>AI H @EI=>AI 86@ 1JA 8EHJK=E=JE
Intel(R) VT for Directed I/O (VT Intel(R) VT for Directed I/O (VT Intel(R) VT for Directed I/O (VT 6A?DCO BH ,EHA?JA@ 1 9DA A=>A@ 86@ DAFI AD=?A 1JA
F=JBHI BH ABBE?EAJ LEHJK=E=JE B 1 @ALE?AI
SW Guard Extensions (SGX) ?= >A IAJ J ,EI=>A@ -=>A@ H 5BJM=HA SW Guard Extensions (SGX) SW Guard Extensions (SGX) SW Guard Extensions (SGX)
+JHA@ 1JA 5BJM=HA /K=H@ -NJAIEI 1JA 5/: EI = 1JA JA?DCO BH E?HA=IEC JDA IA?KHEJO B =FFE?=JE ?@A 1J EI KIA@ >O =FFE?=JE
@ALAFAHI
Graphics Setup Graphics Setup Graphics Setup Graphics Setup Allocated IAJI JDA =KJ B FHA=?=JA@ BENA@ CH=FDE?I AHO BH DVMT DVMT PrePrePrePre----Allocated Allocated DVMT DVMT Allocated KIA >O JDA EJAH= CH=FDE?I @ALE?A
Device Configuration A=>AI H @EI=>AI IALAH= D=H@M=HA ?FAJI 6DA EJAI =L=E=>A BH IAJJEC @AFA@ OKH @A
Diagnostics and System Tester H20DST Tool FAHBHI IOIJA >=IAEA ?DA?
Recovery Partition =MI OK J HAIJHA OKH 9E@MI IOIJA J JDA B=?JHO
@AB=KJ IJ=JA >O KIEC JDA HA?LAHO F=HJEJE BA=JKHA 4A?LAHO F=HJEJE EI =
43 FHJE B OKH D=H@ @EI @HELA JD=J EI IAJ =IE@A >O JDA =KB=?JKHAH J D@ JDA
HECE= E=CA B OKH IOIJA
WARNING:
Using this feature will reinstall Windows to your system and configure it to the systems factory default settings. All data on the hard disk drive will be lost. Make sure that power is not interrupted during the recovery process. An unsuccessful recovery may result in Windows startup problems. Windows RE =K?DAI 9E@MI 4A?LAHO -LEHAJ 9E@MI 4- 9E@MI 4A?LAHO -LEHAJ EI = HA?LAHO ALEHAJ JD=J FHLE@AI HA?LAHO HAF=EH
=@ JHK>AIDJEC JI E 9E@MI
Security Security MenuMenuMenuMenu Security Security 6DA 5A?KHEJO AK ?J=EI JDA IA?KHEJO IAJJECI MDE?D I=BACK=H@ OKH IOIJA
=C=EIJ K=KJDHEA@ KIA
NOTE:
You can set the user password only when the supervisor password has been set. If both the supervisor and user passwords are set, you can enter any of them for starting up the system and/or entering BIOS Setup. However, the user password only allows you to view/change the settings of certain items. A password setting is applied right after it is confirmed. To cancel a password, leave the password empty by pressing the Enter key. Password IAJI JDA IKFAHLEIHKIAH F=IIMH@ ;K ?= IAJ JDA SetSetSetSet Supervisor/User Supervisor/User Password Password Supervisor/User Supervisor/User Password IKFAHLEIHKIAH F=IIMH@ J >A HAGKEHA@ BH IJ=HJEC KF JDA IOIJA =@H AJAHEC *15 5AJKF
Strong Password A=>AI H @EI=>AI IJHC F=IIMH@ 9DA A=>A@ JDA Strong Password Strong Password Strong Password F=IIMH@ OK IAJ KIJ ?J=E =J A=IJ A KFFAH?=IA AJJAH A MAH?=IA
AJJAH =@ A @ECEJ
Password Configuration IAJI JDA EEK F=IIMH@ ACJD -JAH JDA K>AH E
Password Configuration Password Configuration Password Configuration JDA EFKJ BEA@ =@ IAA?J [Yes]
[Yes] 6DA K>AH IDK@ >A >AJMAA " =@ $"
[Yes]
[Yes]
44 assword on Bootototot =MI OK J A=>A H @EI=>A JDA AJAHEC B F=IIMH@ BH PPPPassword on Bo assword on Bo assword on Bo
>JEC KF OKH IOIJA
Secure Boot Configuration ;K ?= =??AII JDEI EJA O =BJAH IAJJEC JDA Secure Boot Configuration Secure Boot Configuration Secure Boot Configuration Supervisor Password
Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Secure Boot A=>AI H @EI=>AI 5A?KHA *J 5A?KHA *J EI = BA=JKHA JD=J DAFI FHALAJ K=KJDHEA@ BEHM=HA FAH=JEC IOIJAI H 7-.1 @HELAHI BH HKEC
=J >J JEA
Delete all Security Boot Keys @AAJAI = IA?KHA >J L=HE=>AI
Restore Factory Defaults HAIAJI IA?KHA >J L=HE=>AI J =KB=?JKHEC @AB=KJI
Password IAJI JDA F=IIMH@ BH ?EC JDA 2HE=HO =IJAH D=H@
Set HDD User Password Set HDD 0 0 0 0 User Password User Set HDD Set HDD User Password
@EI @HELA )BJAH IAJJEC = F=IIMH@ JDA D=H@ @EI @HELA ?= O >A K?A@ >O JDA F=IIMH@ =JJAH MDAHA EJ EI EIJ=A@
TPM Setup Menu TPM Setup Menu TPM Setup Menu TPM Setup Menu TPM Support A=>AI H @EI=>AI 62 6HKIJA@ 2=JBH @KA IKFFHJ 62
TPM Support TPM Support TPM Support
6HKIJA@ 2=JBH @KA EI = ?FAJ OKH ?FKJAHI =E>=H@ JD=J EI IFA?EBE?=O @AIECA@ J AD=?A F=JBH IA?KHEJO >O FHLE@EC = FHJA?JA@
IF=?A BH AO FAH=JEI =@ JDAH IA?KHEJO ?HEJE?= J=II
Status =MI OK J IAA?J >AJMAA +D=CA =@ +A=H
TPM Status Change TPM Change Change Status TPM Change TPM Status Intel Trusted Execution Technology A=>AI KJEE=JE B =@@EJE= D=H@M=HA
?=F=>EEJEAI FHLE@A@ >O 1JA 6HKIJA@ -NA?KJE 6A?DCO
Boot Menu Boot Menu Boot Menu Boot Menu 6DA *J AK IAJI JDA IAGKA?A B JDA @ALE?AI J >A IA=H?DA@ BH JDA FAH=JEC IOIJA
Boot Type Order @AJAHEAI JDA >J H@AH ;K ?= HA=HH=CA JDA H@AH >O
@H=CCEC JDA >J @ALE?A =A KF H @M E JDA EIJ
-=?D >J @ALE?A ?= >A E@ELE@K=O IAJ J H BB 1B OK M=J J AN?K@A =
>J @ALE?A BH JDA >J H@AH IAJ JDA @ALE?A J BB
Exit Menu Exit Menu Exit Menu Exit Menu 6DA -NEJ AK @EIF=OI M=OI B ANEJEC *15 5AJKF 7JEEJO )BJAH BEEIDEC MEJD OKH IAJJECI OK KIJ I=LA =@ ANEJ I JD=J JDA ?D=CAI ?= J=A ABBA?J
45 Saving Changes I=LAI JDA ?D=CAI OK D=LA =@A =@ ANEJI *15 5AJKF ExitExitExitExit Saving Changes Saving Changes Saving Changes 7JEEJO
Exit Discarding Changes ANEJI *15 5AJKF 7JEEJO MEJDKJ I=LEC JDA ?D=CAI OK Exit Discarding Changes Exit Discarding Changes Exit Discarding Changes D=LA =@A
Defaultssss =@I JDA B=?JHO @AB=KJ L=KAI BH = JDA EJAI
LoLoLoLoad Setup ad Setup Default Default ad Setup ad Setup Default Discard Changes HAIJHAI JDA FHALEKI L=KAI BH = JDA EJAI
Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Saves Changes I=LAI JDA ?D=CAI OK D=LA =@A
Saves Changes Saves Changes Saves Changes 46 Chapter 6 Chapter 6 Chapter 6 Chapter 6 Using Using Getac Software Getac Software Using Using Getac Software Getac Software
/AJ=? IBJM=HA E?K@AI =FFE?=JE FHCH=I BH IFA?EBE? ?FKJAH ?FAJI =@
KJEEJO FHCH=I BH LAH= ==CAAJ
6DEI ?D=FJAH >HEABO EJH@K?AI JDA FHCH=I
47 OSD Control Panel OSD Control Panel OSD Control Panel OSD Control Panel 6DA 5, 5?HAA ,EIF=O +JH 2=A FHLE@AI = KIAHBHEA@O EJAHB=?A BH OK J GKE?O =?JEL=JA H FAH=JA ?AHJ=E BK?JEI OKH 6=>AJ 2+ MEJD = IEFA J=F B JDA I?HAA
6 FA JDA 5, +JH 2=A IJ=HJ JDA FHCH= =A@ OSDC. OSDC. 6DA BMEC I?HAA
OSDC. OSDC.
=FFA=HI
0AF
.H @AJ=EA@ EBH=JE JDA FHCH= IAA JDA FHCH=I EA DAF
48 GGGG----Manager Manager Manager Manager
/==CAH EI = KEBEA@ KIAH EJAHB=?A KJEEJO JD=J =MI OK J LEAM ==CA H
?BECKHA OKH ?FKJAH BA=JKHAI
9EJD /==CAH OK ?= FAHBH = H IA B JDA J=II EIJA@ >AM
8EAM IOIJA EBH=JE
+DA? JDA >=JJAHO IJ=JKI =@ ?BECKHA JDA >=JJAHO
+BECKHA -+ @AI H ?=A@ FMAH FHBEAI
5AJ JDA JK?DI?HAA IAIEJELEJO @A
5AJ EB = M=HEC AII=CA ME =FFA=H MDA = ?A?JA@ @?EC IJ=JE EI HALA@ KANFA?JA@O
-=>A JDA KIA B ANJAH= /2599)9) =JA= IEC=
+D=CA JDA BK?JE B JDA D=H@M=HA >KJJ
+BECKHA DM OKH IOIJA MHI MEJD JDA LADE?A ECEJE
EJH JDA IOIJA
8EAM /25 EBH=JE
6=F =@ D@ JDA /AJ=? 7JEEJO E?
G-Manager J IJ=HJ JDA FHCH= 6DA /==CAH ME@M =FFA=HI ?J=EEC IALAH=
J=>I
?=JA@ 9E@MI J=I>=H =@ IAA?J NOTE: Depending on your model, the actual items and information appearing on the screen may differ from those shown in this manual. 49 0AF
.H @AJ=EA@ EBH=JE JDA FHCH= IAA JDA FHCH=I EA DAF
50 Camera (Optional) GGGG----Camera
(Optional) Camera Camera
(Optional)
(Optional)
/+=AH= EI = CAJ=CCEC ?=AH= =FFE?=JE /ACH=FDE?= EBH=JE ?= >A A>A@@A@ EJ 2-/ BEAI =I -:1. AJ=@=J=
NOTE: G-Camera uses the standard location service of Windows. 6 IJ=HJ JDA /+=AH= =FFE?=JE IAA?J G-Camera
1 JDA E@@A EI JDA FHALEAM ME@M MEJD IJ=JKI @EIF=O )J JDA JM IE@AI =HA L=HEKI
>KJJI
.H @AJ=EA@ EBH=JE JDA FHCH= IAA JDA FHCH=I EA DAF 6=F Help
51 Chapter 7 Chapter 7 Chapter 7 Chapter 7 Care and Care and Maintenance Maintenance Care and Care and Maintenance Maintenance 6=EC C@ ?=HA B OKH 6=>AJ 2+ ME AIKHA = JHK>ABHAA FAH=JE =@ HA@K?A JDA HEI B @==CA J OKH 6=>AJ 2+
6DEI ?D=FJAH CELAI OK CKE@AEAI ?LAHEC =HA=I IK?D =I FHJA?JEC IJHEC
?A=EC =@ JH=LAEC
52 Protecting the Tablet PC Protecting the Tablet PC Protecting the Tablet PC Protecting the Tablet PC 6 I=BACK=H@ JDA EJACHEJO B OKH 6=>AJ 2+ @=J= =I MA =I JDA 6=>AJ 2+ EJIAB OK
?= FHJA?J JDA 6=>AJ 2+ E IALAH= M=OI =I @AI?HE>A@ E JDEI IA?JE
Virus Strategy Using an Anti----Virus Using an Anti Strategy Virus Using an Anti Using an Anti Virus Strategy Strategy
;K ?= EIJ= = LEHKI@AJA?JEC FHCH= J EJH FJAJE= LEHKIAI JD=J ?K@
@==CA OKH BEAI
Using the Cable Lock Using the Cable Lock Using the Cable Lock Using the Cable Lock
;K ?= KIA = AIECJJOFA ?=>A ? J FHJA?J OKH 6=>AJ 2+ =C=EIJ JDABJ 6DA
?=>A ? EI =L=E=>A E ?FKJAH IJHAI
6 KIA JDA ? F JDA ? ?=>A =HK@ = IJ=JE=HO >A?J IK?D =I = J=>A 1IAHJ JDA ? J JDA AIECJ ? DA =@ JKH JDA AO J IA?KHA JDA ? 5JHA JDA AO E = I=BA F=?A
53 Taking Care of the Tablet PC Taking Care of the Tablet PC Taking Care of the Tablet PC Taking Care of the Tablet PC Location Guidelines Location Guidelines Location Location Guidelines Guidelines
.H FJE= FAHBH=?A KIA JDA 6=>AJ 2+ MDAHA JDA HA?A@A@
JAFAH=JKHA EI >AJMAA + ! . =@ ## + ! . )?JK= FAH=JEC JAFAH=JKHA @AFA@I FH@K?J IFA?EBE?=JEI
)LE@ F=?EC JDA 6=>AJ 2+ E = ?=JE IK>A?J J DECD DKE@EJO ANJHAA JAFAH=JKHAI A?D=E?= LE>H=JE @EHA?J IKECDJ H DA=LO @KIJ 7IEC E
ANJHAA ALEHAJI BH C FAHE@I ?= HAIKJ E FH@K?J @AJAHEH=JE =@ =
IDHJAA@ FH@K?J EBA
FAH=JEC E = ALEHAJ MEJD AJ=E? @KIJ EI J =MA@
2=?A JDA 6=>AJ 2+ = B=J =@ IJA=@O IKHB=?A , J IJ=@ JDA 6=>AJ 2+ EJI IE@A H IJHA EJ E = KFIE@A@M FIEJE ) IJHC EF=?J >O @HFFEC H DEJJEC =O @==CA JDA 6=>AJ 2+
, J ?LAH H >? =O LAJE=JE FAECI JDA 6=>AJ 2+ .H AN=FA
@ J F=?A JDA 6=>AJ 2+ = >A@ IB= HKC H JDAH IEE=H IKHB=?A
JDAHMEIA LAHDA=JEC =O ??KH JD=J HAIKJI E @==CA J JDA 6=>AJ 2+
)I JDA 6=>AJ 2+ ?= >A?A LAHO DJ @KHEC FAH=JE AAF EJ =M=O BH
>A?JI JD=J =HA LKAH=>A J DA=J
AAF JDA 6=>AJ 2+ =J A=IJ ! ? # E?DAI =M=O BH AA?JHE?= =FFE=?AI JD=J
?= CAAH=JA = IJHC =CAJE? BEA@ IK?D =I = 68 HABHECAH=JH JH H = =HCA
=K@E IFA=AH
)LE@ LEC JDA 6=>AJ 2+ =>HKFJO BH = ?@ J = M=H F=?A
) JAFAH=JKHA @EBBAHA?A B HA JD= + & . =O ?=KIA ?@AI=JE
EIE@A JDA KEJ MDE?D =O @==CA JDA IJH=CA A@E=
General Guidelines General Guidelines General Guidelines General Guidelines
, J F=?A DA=LO >A?JI JF B JDA 6=>AJ 2+ =I JDEI =O @==CA JDA
@EIF=O
6 =LE@ @==CEC JDA I?HAA @ J JK?D EJ MEJD =O ID=HF >A?J
54
+, E=CA IJE?EC ??KHI MDA = BENA@ F=JJAH EI @EIF=OA@ JDA I?HAA BH =
FHCA@ FAHE@ B JEA ;K ?= =LE@ JDA FH>A >O EEJEC JDA =KJ B IJ=JE? ?JAJ JDA @EIF=O 1J EI HA?A@A@ JD=J OK KIA = I?HAA I=LAH H JKH BB JDA @EIF=O MDA EJ EI J E KIA
6 =NEEA JDA EBA B JDA >=?ECDJ E JDA @EIF=O =M JDA >=?ECDJ J
=KJ=JE?=O JKH BB =I = HAIKJ B FMAH ==CAAJ
Cleaning Guidelines Cleaning Guidelines Cleaning Cleaning Guidelines Guidelines
ALAH ?A= JDA 6=>AJ 2+ MEJD EJI FMAH
7IA = IBJ ?JD EIJAA@ MEJD M=JAH H = ==EA @AJAHCAJ J MEFA JDA ANJAHEH B JDA 6=>AJ 2+
/AJO MEFA JDA @EIF=O MEJD = IBJ EJBHAA ?JD
1B M=JAH H EGKE@ EI IFEJ J JDA 6=>AJ 2+ MEFA EJ @HO =@ ?A= MDA FIIE>A
6DKCD OKH 6=>AJ 2+ EI M=JAHFHB @ J A=LA JDA 6=>AJ 2+ MAJ MDA OK
?= @HO EJ
1B JDA 6=>AJ 2+ CAJI MAJ MDAHA JDA JAFAH=JKHA EI + ! . H >AM BHAAA
@==CA =O ??KH =A IKHA J @HO JDA MAJ 6=>AJ 2+
Battery Pack Guidelines Battery Pack Guidelines Battery Pack Battery Pack Guidelines Guidelines 4A?D=HCA JDA >=JJAHO F=? MDA EJ EI A=HO @EI?D=HCA@ 9DA HA?D=HCEC =A IKHA JD=J JDA >=JJAHO F=? EI BKO ?D=HCA@ ,EC I =O =LE@ D=H J JDA >=JJAHO F=?
6DA >=JJAHO F=? EI = ?IK=>A FH@K?J =@ JDA BMEC ?@EJEI ME
IDHJA EJI EBA
MDA BHAGKAJO ?D=HCEC JDA >=JJAHO F=?
MDA KIEC ?D=HCEC H IJHEC JDA >=JJAHO E DECD JAFAH=JKHA
?@EJE
6 =LE@ D=IJAEC JDA @AJAHEH=JE B JDA >=JJAHO F=? JDAHA>O FHCEC EJI KIABK EBA EEEA JDA K>AH B JEAI OK ?D=HCA EJ I =I J J BHAGKAJO E?HA=IA EJI EJAH= JAFAH=JKHA
+D=HCA JDA >=JJAHO F=? >AJMAA + ! + # . &$ . JAFAH=JKHA H=CA ) DECDAH ALEHAJ JAFAH=JKHA ME ?=KIA JDA >=JJAHO F=?I JAFAH=JKHA J HEIA )LE@ ?D=HCEC JDA >=JJAHO F=? EIE@A = ?IA@ LADE?A =@
55 E DJ MA=JDAH ?@EJE )I ?D=HCEC ME J IJ=HJ EB JDA >=JJAHO F=? EI J MEJDE JDA =MA@ JAFAH=JKHA H=CA
1J EI HA?A@A@ JD=J OK @ J ?D=HCA JDA >=JJAHO F=? HA JD= ?A = @=O
1J EI HA?A@A@ JD=J OK ?D=HCA JDA >=JJAHO F=? MEJD JDA 6=>AJ 2+I FMAH
BB
6 =EJ=E JDA >=JJAHO F=?I FAH=JEC ABBE?EA?O IJHA EJ E = ? @=H F=?A HALA@ BH JDA 6=>AJ 2+ =@ MEJD ! " ?D=HCA HA=EEC
1FHJ=J CKE@AEAI MDA KIEC JDA >=JJAHO F=?
9DA EIJ=EC H HALEC JDA >=JJAHO F=? J=A JA B JDA BMEC
=LE@ EIJ=EC H HALEC JDA >=JJAHO F=? MDA JDA 6=>AJ 2+ EI E 5AAF @A )>HKFJO HALEC JDA >=JJAHO F=? =O ?=KIA
II B @=J= H JDA 6=>AJ 2+ =O >A?A KIJ=>A
=LE@ JK?DEC JDA >=JJAHO F=? JAHE=I H @==CA =O ??KH
JDAHA>O ?=KIEC EFHFAH FAH=JE J EJ H JDA 6=>AJ 2+
6DA 6=>AJ 2+I EFKJ LJ=CA =@ IKHHK@EC JAFAH=JKHA ME @EHA?JO =BBA?J JDA >=JJAHO F=?I ?D=HCA =@ @EI?D=HCA JEA
?D=HCEC JEA ME >A FHCA@ MDA JDA 6=>AJ 2+ EI JKHA@
6 IDHJA JDA ?D=HCEC JEA EJ EI HA?A@A@ JD=J OK F=?A JDA 6=>AJ 2+ E 5AAF H 0E>AH=JE @A
= M JAFAH=JKHA ME FHC JDA ?D=HCEC JEA =I MA =I D=IJA
JDA @EI?D=HCA JEA
9DA KIEC >=JJAHO FMAH E = ANJHAAO M JAFAH=JKHA ALEHAJ OK
=O ANFAHEA?A IDHJAA@ FAH=JEC JEA =@ E?HHA?J >=JJAHO ALA HA=@EC
6DEI FDAA ?AI BH JDA ?DAE?= ?D=H=?JAHEIJE?I B >=JJAHEAI 6DA
=FFHFHE=JA FAH=JEC JAFAH=JKHA BH JDA >=JJAHO EI + # + " .
.
, J A=LA JDA >=JJAHO F=? E IJH=CA BH HA JD= IEN JDI MEJDKJ HA?D=HCEC EJ
Touchscreen Guidelines Touchscreen Guidelines Touchscreen Touchscreen Guidelines Guidelines 7IA JDA BECAH H JDA E?K@A@ IJOKI JDA @EIF=O 7IEC = ID=HF H AJ=E?
>A?J JDAH JD= OKH BECAH H IJOKI =O ?=KIA I?H=J?DAI =@ @==CA JDA
@EIF=O JDAHA>O ?=KIEC AHHHI
7IA = IBJ ?JD J HALA @EHJ JDA @EIF=O 6DA JK?DI?HAA IKHB=?A D=I =
IFA?E= FHJA?JELA ?=JEC JD=J FHALAJI @EHJ BH IJE?EC J EJ J KIEC = IBJ 56
?JD =O ?=KIA @==CA J JDA IFA?E= FHJA?JELA ?=JEC JDA JK?DI?HAA
IKHB=?A
6KH BB JDA 6=>AJ 2+ FMAH MDA ?A=EC JDA @EIF=O +A=EC JDA @EIF=O MEJD JDA FMAH =O ?=KIA EFHFAH FAH=JE
, J KIA AN?AIIELA BH?A JDA @EIF=O )LE@ F=?EC >A?JI JF B JDA
@EIF=O =I JDEI =O ?=KIA JDA C=II J >HA= JDAHA>O @==CEC JDA @EIF=O
1 M =@ DECD JAFAH=JKHAI >AM # + " . =@ =>LA $ + " . JDA JK?DI?HAA =O D=LA = IMAH HAIFIA JEA H HACEIJAH JDA JK?D E JDA MHC
?=JE 1J ME C >=? J H= =BJAH HAJKHEC J H JAFAH=JKHA
9DA JDAHA EI JE?A=>A @EI?HAF=?O E JDA FAH=JE B JDA JK?DI?HAA
BK?JE MHC ?=JE EJA@A@ FAH=JE H EFHFAH @EIF=O HAIKJE
HABAH J JDA 9E@MI EA 0AF BH EIJHK?JEI HA?=E>H=JEC JDA JK?DI?HAA @EIF=O
57 When Traveling When Traveling When Traveling When Traveling
*ABHA JH=LAEC MEJD OKH 6=>AJ 2+ =A = >=?KF B OKH D=H@ @EI @=J= EJ
B=ID @EII H JDAH IJH=CA @ALE?AI )I = =@@A@ FHA?=KJE >HEC =C = ANJH=
?FO B OKH EFHJ=J @=J=
=A IKHA JD=J JDA >=JJAHO F=? EI BKO ?D=HCA@
=A IKHA JD=J JDA 6=>AJ 2+ EI JKHA@ BB
=A IKHA JD=J = JDA ?A?JH ?LAHI =HA ?IA@ ?FAJAO J AIKHA JDA M=JAHFHB EJACHEJO
,EI?A?J JDA )+ =@=FJAH BH JDA 6=>AJ 2+ =@ J=A EJ MEJD OK 7IA JDA )+
=@=FJAH =I JDA FMAH IKH?A =@ =I = >=JJAHO?D=HCAH
0=@?=HHO JDA 6=>AJ 2+ , J ?DA? EJ E =I KCC=CA
1B OK AA@ J A=LA JDA 6=>AJ 2+ E JDA ?=H FKJ EJ E JDA JHK B JDA ?=H J =LE@
ANFIEC JDA 6=>AJ 2+ J AN?AIIELA DA=J
9DA CEC JDHKCD =EHFHJ IA?KHEJO EJ EI HA?A@A@ JD=J OK IA@ JDA 6=>AJ 2+ =@ B=ID @EII JDHKCD JDA :H=O =?DEA JDA @ALE?A OK IAJ OKH >=CI
)LE@ JDA =CAJE? @AJA?JH JDA @ALE?A OK M= JDHKCD H JDA =CAJE? M=@
JDA D=@DA@ @ALE?A KIA@ >O IA?KHEJO FAHIA
1B OK F= J JH=LA =>H=@ MEJD OKH 6=>AJ 2+ ?IKJ OKH @A=AH BH JDA
=FFHFHE=JA )+ FMAH ?H@ BH KIA E OKH ?KJHO B @AIJE=JE
58 Chapter 8 Chapter 8 Chapter 8 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Troubleshooting
+FKJAH FH>AI ?= >A ?=KIA@ >O D=H@M=HA IBJM=HA H >JD 9DA OK A?KJAH =O FH>A EJ ECDJ >A = JOFE?= FH>A JD=J ?= A=IEO >A ILA@
6DEI ?D=FJAH JAI OK MD=J =?JEI J J=A MDA ILEC ? ?FKJAH FH>AI
59 Preliminary Checklist Preliminary Checklist Preliminary Checklist Preliminary Checklist 0AHA =HA DAFBK DEJI J BM >ABHA OK J=A BKHJDAH =?JEI MDA OK A?KJAH
=O FH>A
6HO J EI=JA MDE?D F=HJ B JDA 6=>AJ 2+ EI ?=KIEC JDA FH>A
=A IKHA JD=J OK JKH = FAHEFDAH= @ALE?AI >ABHA JKHEC JDA 6=>AJ 2+
1B = ANJAH= @ALE?A D=I = FH>A =A IKHA JD=J JDA ?=>A ?A?JEI =HA
?HHA?J =@ IA?KHA
=A IKHA JD=J JDA ?BECKH=JE EBH=JE EI FHFAHO IAJ E JDA *15 5AJKF FHCH=
=A IKHA JD=J = JDA @ALE?A @HELAHI =HA ?HHA?JO EIJ=A@
=A JAI B OKH >IAHL=JEI )HA JDAHA =O AII=CAI JDA I?HAA , =O E@E?=JHI ECDJ , OK DA=H =O >AAFI ,AJ=EA@ @AI?HEFJEI =HA KIABK J JDA IAHLE?A FAHIA MDA OK AA@ J ?IKJ A BH =IIEIJ=?A
1B =O FH>A FAHIEIJI =BJAH OK BM JDA EIJHK?JEI E JDEI ?D=FJAH ?J=?J =
=KJDHEA@ @A=AH BH DAF
60 Solving Common Problems Solving Common Problems Solving Common Problems Solving Common Problems Battery Problems Battery Problems Battery Problems Battery Problems The battery does not charge (Battery Charge indicator does not light amber).
=A IKHA JD=J JDA )+ =@=FJAH EI FHFAHO ?A?JA@
=A IKHA JD=J JDA >=JJAHO EI J J DJ H ?@ )M JEA BH JDA >=JJAHO F=?
J HAJKH J H JAFAH=JKHA
1B JDA >=JJAHO @AIJ ?D=HCA =BJAH EJ D=I >AA IJHA@ E LAHO M JAFAH=JKHAI JHO
@EI?A?JEC =@ HA?A?JEC JDA )+ =@=FJAH J ILA JDA FH>A
=A IKHA JD=J JDA >=JJAHO F=? EI EIJ=A@ ?HHA?JO
=A IKHA JD=J JDA >=JJAHO JAHE=I =HA ?A=
The operating time of a fully charged battery becomes shorter. 1B OK BJA F=HJE=O HA?D=HCA =@ @EI?D=HCA JDA >=JJAHO ECDJ J >A ?D=HCA@ J
EJI BK FJAJE= 1EJE=EA JDA >=JJAHO J ILA JDA FH>A
The battery operating time indicated by the battery meter does not match the actual operating time. 6DA =?JK= FAH=JEC JEA ?= >A @EBBAHAJ BH JDA AIJE=JA@ JEA @AFA@EC
DM OK =HA KIEC JDA 6=>AJ 2+ 1B JDA =?JK= FAH=JEC JEA EI K?D AII JD=
JDA AIJE=JA@ JEA EEJE=EA JDA >=JJAHO
Wireless Transmission Problems BT Wireless Transmission Problems Wireless Transmission Wireless Transmission Problems Problems I cannot connect to another device with BT wireless technology.
=A IKHA JD=J >JD @ALE?AI D=LA =?JEL=JA@ *6 BA=JKHA
=A IKHA JD=J JDA @EIJ=?A >AJMAA JDA JM @ALE?AI EI MEJDE JDA EEJ =@ JD=J JDAHA =HA M=I H JDAH >IJHK?JEI >AJMAA JDA @ALE?AI
=A IKHA JD=J JDA JDAH @ALE?A EI J E 0E@@A @A
=A IKHA JD=J >JD @ALE?AI =HA ?F=JE>A
61 Display Problems Display Problems Display Problems Display Problems Nothing appears on the screen.
,KHEC FAH=JE JDA I?HAA =O =KJ=JE?=O JKH BB =I = HAIKJ B FMAH
==CAAJ 2HAII =O AO J IAA EB JDA I?HAA ?AI >=?
6DA >HECDJAII ALA ECDJ >A J M 1?HA=IA JDA >HECDJAII
The characters on the screen are dim.
)@KIJ JDA >HECDJAII =@H ?JH=IJ
The display brightness cannot be increased.
)I = FHJA?JE JDA @EIF=O >HECDJAII ME >A BENA@ =J = M ALA MDA JDA IKHHK@EC JAFAH=JKHA EI J DECD H J M 1J EI J = =BK?JE E JDEI IEJK=JE
Bad dots appear on the display at all times.
) I= K>AH B EIIEC @EI?HA@ H >HECDJ @JI JDA I?HAA =HA =
EJHEIE? ?D=H=?JAHEIJE? B 6.6 +, JA?DCO 1J EI J HAC=H@A@ =I = +, @ABA?J
Clouding (or called mura) happens on the screen when you exert forces on the left or right side of the LCD frame. 6DEI EI = H= FDAA J = @ABA?J
Hardware Device Problems Hardware Device Problems Hardware Device Problems Hardware Device Problems The Tablet PC does not recognize a newly installed device. 6DA @ALE?A =O J >A ?HHA?JO ?BECKHA@ E JDA *15 5AJKF FHCH= 4K JDA
*15 5AJKF FHCH= J E@AJEBO JDA AM JOFA
=A IKHA EB =O @ALE?A @HELAH AA@I J >A EIJ=A@ 4ABAH J JDA @?KAJ=JE
JD=J ?=A MEJD JDA @ALE?A
=A IKHA EB JDA @ALE?A AA@I =O KFAH H IMEJ?D IAJJECI 4ABAH J JDA
@?KAJ=JE JD=J ?=A MEJD JDA @ALE?A
+DA? JDA ?=>AI H FMAH ?H@I BH ?HHA?J ?A?JEI
62
.H = ANJAH= @ALE?A JD=J D=I EJI M FMAH IMEJ?D =A IKHA JD=J JDA FMAH EI JKHA@
Power Management Proble Power Management Problemsmsmsms Power Management Proble Power Management Proble The Tablet PC does not enter Sleep or Hibernation mode automatically. 1B OK D=LA = ?A?JE J =JDAH ?FKJAH JDA 6=>AJ 2+ @AI J AJAH 5AAF
H 0E>AH=JE @A EB JDA ?A?JE EI =?JELAO E KIA
=A IKHA JD=J JDA 5AAF H 0E>AH=JE JEAKJ EI A=>A@
The Tablet PC does not enter Sleep or Hibernation mode immediately. 1B JDA 6=>AJ 2+ EI FAHBHEC = FAH=JE EJ H=O M=EJI BH JDA FAH=JE J
BEEID
The Tablet PC does not resume from Sleep or Hibernation mode. 6DA 6=>AJ 2+ =KJ=JE?=O AJAHI 5AAF H 0E>AH=JE @A MDA JDA >=JJAHO F=? EI AFJO , =O A B JDA BMEC
+A?J JDA )+ =@=FJAH J JDA 6=>AJ 2+
4AF=?A JDA AFJO >=JJAHO F=? MEJD = BKO ?D=HCA@ A
Sensor Problems Sensor Problems Sensor Sensor Problems Problems The built-in digital compass doesnt seem to be accurate. 4J=JEC JDA @EIF=O ?= =BBA?J JDA =??KH=?O B JDA @ECEJ= ?F=II 6DEI EI
H= J = =BK?JE 6DA IAIHI BH JDA ?F=II HAGKEHA FAHE@E?
HA?=E>H=JE .M JDEI AJD@ J HA?=E>H=JA JDA IAIHI
=A IKHA OK =HA B=H =M=O BH =O =HCA AJ= >A?JI H =CAJE? BEA@I
5J=HJ = =FFE?=JE JD=J KJEEAI JDA @ECEJ= ?F=II
! 0@ JDA 6=>AJ 2+ ALA MEJD JDA DHE MEJD JDA +, IE@A B=?EC KF
" 4J=JA JDA 6=>AJ 2+ !$ =J A=IJ JDHAA JEAI =HK@ A=?D =NEI : ; =@
=I IDM >AM
63 Software Problems Software Problems Software Problems Software Problems An application program does not work correctly.
=A IKHA JD=J JDA IBJM=HA EI ?HHA?JO EIJ=A@
1B = AHHH AII=CA =FFA=HI JDA I?HAA ?IKJ JDA IBJM=HA FHCH=I
@?KAJ=JE BH BKHJDAH EBH=JE
1B OK =HA IKHA JDA FAH=JE D=I IJF HAIAJ JDA 6=>AJ 2+
Sound Problems Sound Problems Sound Problems Sound Problems No sound is produced.
=A IKHA JD=J JDA LKA ?JH EI J IAJ J M 1?HA=IA JDA LKA
=A IKHA JD=J JDA IK@ EI J KJA@
=A IKHA JD=J JDA 6=>AJ 2+ EI J E 5AAF @A
1B KIEC = ANJAH= IFA=AH =A IKHA JD=J JDA IFA=AH EI FHFAHO ?A?JA@
64 Distorted sound is produced.
=A IKHA JD=J JDA LKA ?JH EI J IAJ J DECD H J M 1 IJ ?=IAI =
DECD IAJJEC ?= ?=KIA JDA =K@E AA?JHE?I J @EIJHJ JDA IK@
Startup Problems Startup Problems Startup Problems Startup Problems When you turn on the Tablet PC, it does not respond and the Power Indicator does not light green. 1B OK =HA KIEC = ANJAH= )+ FMAH =A IKHA JD=J JDA )+ =@=FJAH EI ?HHA?JO
=@ IA?KHAO ?A?JA@ 1B I =A IKHA JD=J JDA AA?JHE?= KJAJ MHI FHFAHO
1B OK =HA KIEC JDA >=JJAHO FMAH =A IKHA JD=J JDA >=JJAHO EI J @EI?D=HCA@
9DA JDA =>EAJ JAFAH=JKHA EI >AM + " . JDA 6=>AJ 2+ ME IJ=HJ KF
O EB >JD >=JJAHO F=?I =HA EIJ=A@
When you turn on the Tablet PC, it stops after POST. 4AIAJ OKH 6=>AJ 2+
WLANWLANWLANWLAN Problems Problems Problems Problems I cannot use the WLAN feature.
=A IKHA JD=J JDA 9) BA=JKHA EI JKHA@
Transmission quality is poor.
;KH 6=>AJ 2+ =O >A E = KJBH=CA IEJK=JE LA OKH 6=>AJ 2+ ?IAH J JDA )??AII 2EJ H =JDAH 9) @ALE?A EJ EI =II?E=JA@ MEJD
+DA? EB JDAHA EI DECD EJAHBAHA?A =HK@ JDA ALEHAJ =@ ILA JDA FH>A =I @AI?HE>A@ ANJ
Radio interference exists.
LA OKH 6=>AJ 2+ =M=O BH JDA @ALE?A ?=KIEC JDA H=@E EJAHBAHA?A IK?D
=I E?HM=LA LA =@ =HCA AJ= >A?JI
2KC OKH 6=>AJ 2+ EJ = KJAJ = @EBBAHAJ >H=?D ?EH?KEJ BH JD=J KIA@ >O JDA =BBA?JEC @ALE?A
+IKJ OKH @A=AH H = ANFAHEA?A@ H=@E JA?DE?E= BH DAF
65 I cannot connect to another WLAN device.
=A IKHA JD=J JDA 9) BA=JKHA EI JKHA@
=A IKHA JD=J JDA 551, IAJJEC EI JDA I=A BH ALAHO 9) @ALE?A E JDA
AJMH
;KH 6=>AJ 2+ EI J HA?CEEC ?D=CAI 4AIJ=HJ JDA 6=>AJ 2+
=A IKHA JD=J JDA 12 =@@HAII H IK>AJ =I IAJJEC EI ?HHA?J
I cannot communicate with the computer in the network when Infrastructure mode is configured.
=A IKHA JD=J JDA )??AII 2EJ OKH 6=>AJ 2+ EI =II?E=JA@ MEJD EI FMAHA@
=@ = JDA -,I =HA MHEC FHFAHO
1B JDA FAH=JEC H=@E ?D=A EI E FH GK=EJO ?D=CA JDA )??AII 2EJ =@ =
JDA MEHAAII IJ=JEI MEJDE JDA *551, J =JDAH H=@E ?D=A
;KH 6=>AJ 2+ =O >A E = KJBH=CA IEJK=JE LA OKH 6=>AJ 2+ ?IAH J JDA )??AII 2EJ EJ EI =II?E=JA@ MEJD
=A IKHA JD=J OKH 6=>AJ 2+ EI ?BECKHA@ MEJD JDA I=A IA?KHEJO FJE
A?HOFJE J JDA )??AII 2EJ
7IA JDA 9A> ==CAH6AAJ B JDA )??AII 2EJ J ?DA? MDAJDAH EJ EI
?A?JA@ J JDA AJMH
4A?BECKHA =@ HAIAJ JDA )??AII 2EJ
I cannot access the network.
=A IKHA JD=J JDA AJMH ?BECKH=JE EI =FFHFHE=JA
=A IKHA JD=J JDA KIAH =A H F=IIMH@ EI ?HHA?J
;K D=LA LA@ KJ B H=CA B JDA AJMH
6KH BB FMAH ==CAAJ
Other PPPProblems Other roblems Other Other roblems roblems The date/time is incorrect.
+HHA?J JDA @=JA =@ JEA LE= JDA FAH=JEC IOIJA H *15 5AJKF FHCH=
66
)BJAH OK D=LA FAHBHA@ ALAHOJDEC =I @AI?HE>A@ =>LA =@ IJE D=LA JDA E?HHA?J @=JA =@ JEA ALAHO JEA OK JKH JDA 6=>AJ 2+ JDA 46+ 4A=6EA
+? >=JJAHO EI =J JDA A@ B EJI EBA += = =KJDHEA@ @A=AH J HAF=?A JDA 46+
>=JJAHO
67 the Tablet PC Resetting the Resetting Tablet PC the Resetting Resetting the Tablet PC Tablet PC
;K =O D=LA J HAIAJ HA>J OKH 6=>AJ 2+ IA ??=IEI MDA = AHHH
??KHI =@ JDA FHCH= OK =HA KIEC D=CI KF
1B OK =HA IKHA JDA FAH=JE D=I IJFFA@ =@ OK ?=J KIA JDA HAIJ=HJ BK?JE B JDA FAH=JEC IOIJA HAIAJ JDA 6=>AJ 2+
4AIAJ JDA 6=>AJ 2+ >O =O A B JDAIA AJD@I
2HAII =@ D@ JDA P1P1P1P1 >KJJ BH HA JD= IA?@I 6DEI FAI JDA CtrlCtrlCtrlCtrl----AltAltAltAlt----DelDelDelDel I?HAA MDAHA OK ?= IAA?J =?JEI E?K@EC Restart Restart
Restart Restart 1B JDA =>LA =?JE @AI J MH FHAII =@ D@ JDA FMAH >KJJ BH HA JD=
# IA?@I J BH?A JDA IOIJA J JKH BB 6DA JKH JDA FMAH =C=E
68 System Recovery System Recovery System Recovery System Recovery Using Windows RE Using Windows RE Using Using Windows RE Windows RE 9E@MI D=I = HA?LAHO ALEHAJ 9E@MI 4- JD=J FHLE@AI HA?LAHO
HAF=EH =@ JHK>AIDJEC JI 6DA JI =HA HABAHHA@ J =I )@L=?A@ 5J=HJKF
FJEI ;K ?= =??AII JDAIA FJEI >O IAA?JEC Settings Update &
security 6DAHA =HA IALAH= ?DE?AI
System Restore 6DEI FJE =MI OK J HAIJHA 9E@MI J = A=HEAH FEJ E JEA EB OK D=LA
?HA=JA@ = HAIJHA FEJ
Recover from a drive 1B OK D=LA ?HA=JA@ = HA?LAHO @HELA 9E@MI OK ?= KIA JDA HA?LAHO
@HELA J HAEIJ= 9E@MI
Reset this PC 6DEI FJE =MI OK J HAEIJ= 9E@MI MEJD H MEJDKJ AAFEC OKH BEAI
5AA E?HIBJ MA>IEJA BH HA EBH=JE
NOTE:
If you are in a situation where your computer wont boot into Windows, you can access the Advanced Startup Options by running the BIOS Setup Utility and selecting Advanced Windows RE. System recovery for Windows 10 typically will take several hours to complete. 69 Using Recovery Partition Using Recovery Partition Using Using Recovery Partition Recovery Partition 9DA A?AII=HO OK ?= HAIJHA OKH 9E@MI IOIJA J JDA B=?JHO @AB=KJ IJ=JA
>O KIEC JDA HA?LAHO F=HJEJE BA=JKHA 4A?LAHO F=HJEJE EI = FHJE B OKH D=H@
@EI @HELA JD=J EI IAJ =IE@A >O JDA =KB=?JKHAH J D@ JDA HECE= E=CA B OKH IOIJA
WARNING:
Using this feature will reinstall Windows to your system and configure it to the systems factory default settings. All data on the hard disk drive will be lost. Make sure that power is not interrupted during the recovery process. An unsuccessful recovery may result in Windows startup problems. 6 HAIJHA OKH IOIJA J JDA B=?JHO @AB=KJ IJ=JA
+A?J JDA )+ =@=FJAH
4K *15 5AJKF 7JEEJO 5AA?J Advanced Recovery Partition 5AA +D=FJAH # BH
HA EBH=JE
! .M JDA I?HAA EIJHK?JEI J ?FAJA JDA FH?AII
70 Using the Driver DiscDiscDiscDisc (Optional) Using the Driver
(Optional) Using the Driver Using the Driver
(Optional)
(Optional) NOTE: You can download the latest drivers and utilities from Getac website at http://www.getac.com Support. 6DA ,HELAH @EI? ?J=EI @HELAHI =@ KJEEJEAI HAGKEHA@ BH IFA?EBE? D=H@M=HA E OKH 6=>AJ 2+
5E?A OKH 6=>AJ 2+ ?AI MEJD @HELAHI =@ KJEEJEAI FHAEIJ=A@ OK H=O @
J AA@ J KIA JDA ,HELAH @EI? 1 ?=IA OK M=J J =K=O EIJ= 9E@MI OK ME D=LA J EIJ= JDA @HELAHI =@ KJEEJEAI A >O A =BJAH EIJ=EC 9E@MI
6 =K=O EIJ= @HELAHI =@ KJEEJEAI
5J=HJ KF JDA 6=>AJ 2+
2HAF=HA = ANJAH= +,,8, @HELA MEJD 75* ?A?JE +A?J JDA @HELA J
OKH 6=>AJ 2+ 9=EJ BH JDA 6=>AJ 2+ J HA?CEA JDA @HELA
1IAHJ JDA ,HELAH @EI? =A IKHA OK KIA JDA @EI? JD=J =J?DAI JDA 9E@MI LAHIE B OKH 6=>AJ 2+
!
" 6DA =KJHK FHCH= IDK@ =KJ=JE?=O IJ=HJ ;K ME IAA JDA EIJ==JE
AK 6=F NEXT J C J JDA ANJ F=CA EB JDAHA EI HA JD= A
# 6 EIJ= = @HELAH H KJEEJO KIJ J=F JDA F=HJE?K=H >KJJ =@ BM JDA I?HAA
EIJHK?JEI J ?FAJA JDA EIJ==JE
71 Appendix A Appendix A Appendix A Appendix A Specifications Specifications Specifications Specifications NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without any prior notice. Parts Parts Parts Parts Specifications Specifications Specifications Specifications
+27
*15 4)
8E@A +JHAH
,EIF=O 2=A
6K?DI?HAA
)K@E
.A=JKHAI 5FA=AH
E?HFDA 0=H@ @EI @HELA 1
FHJI 5J=@=H@
FJE=
) FJE
9EHAAII ) *6
=>O =A 7 1JA +HA E!%7 1IO@A .=ID --24 IKFFHJEC 7-.1 156 )+21 62
+FKJH=?A 5A?KHEJO -H=IA 91 *15 @E=CIJE?
"& /* ,,4" 5,1
7) 1JA 0, /H=FDE?I $
$E?D $' 6.6 +, 0, !$$N%$& @EAH @A >=?KJ
@A " EJI IJ=@=H@ >HECDJAII =JEC=HA /HE= /=II
+=F=?EJELA KJEJK?D I?HAA FEJ
)=E= 0ECD ,ABEEJE =K@E
#9 N
1JACH=JA@ E?HFDA
$" & #$ /* 55, 5E@5J=JA ,HELA
75* ! ?> =K@E "FA 6445 !# JOFA 0,1 ,?EC
A B JDA >AM JDA JF IE@A
4"# H >=H?@A HA=@AH
A B JDA >M =J JDA HA=H 5=HJ ?=H@ HA=@AH .+4.1, HA=@AH H BECAHFHEJ I?=AH
)J JDA HECDJ IE@A
=CAJE? IJHEFA HA=@AH
>FI -JDAHAJ 1--- & =? ?F=JE>A MEJD & =>C
*6 " -,4 72 Parts Parts Parts Parts
/25 FJE
99) FJE
+=AH= FJE
5A?KHEJO Specifications Specifications Specifications Specifications 7)46
FJE= @EI?HAJA /25 +
FJE= /25/)55 6#/
!/"/ 6-
.HJ .0, 4A=H & FENA =KJB?KI -, LE@A ?=FJKHA
AIECJ ?
62
.ECAHFHEJ I?=AH FJE=
2MAH )+ =@=FJAH 7ELAHI= $# 9 EFKJ " 8 #$ 0 KJFKJ '8
*=JJAHO F=?
N
EJDEKE 2HEI=JE? JOFA !?A
,EAIE N9, !" N % N & " & % E?D
9AECDJ
!' C ! >
Button Functions Button Functions on Special Occasions on Special Occasions Button Functions Button Functions on Special Occasions on Special Occasions
256*15 5AJKF)+21 ??=IEI JDA BELA D=H@M=HA >KJJI FHLE@A
AO>=H@ AO BK?JEI =I @AI?HE>A@ >AM
Button Button Button Button Function Function Function Function Enter Esc Tab Up Down 73 Appendix B Appendix B Appendix B Appendix B Regulatory Information Regulatory Information Regulatory Regulatory Information Information 6DEI =FFA@EN FHLE@AI HACK=JHO IJ=JAAJI =@ I=BAJO JE?AI OKH 6=>AJ 2+
NOTE: Marking labels located on the exterior of your Tablet PC indicate the regulations that your model complies with. Please check the marking labels and refer to the corresponding statements in this appendix. Some notices apply to specific models only. 74 On the Use of the System On the Use of the System On the Use of the System On the Use of the System Class B Regulations Class B Regulations Class B Regulations Class B Regulations USAUSAUSAUSA Federal Communications Commission Radio Frequency Interference Statement NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
NOTE:
6DEI AGKEFAJ D=I >AA JAIJA@ =@ BK@ J ?FO MEJD JDA EEJI BH = +=II *
@ECEJ= @ALE?A FKHIK=J J 2=HJ # B JDA .++ 4KAI 6DAIA EEJI =HA @AIECA@ J
FHLE@A HA=I=>A FHJA?JE =C=EIJ D=HBK EJAHBAHA?A E = HAIE@AJE=
EIJ==JE 6DEI AGKEFAJ CAAH=JAI KIAI =@ ?= H=@E=JA H=@E BHAGKA?O AAHCO
=@ EB J EIJ=A@ =@ KIA@ E =??H@=?A MEJD JDA EIJHK?JEI =O ?=KIA D=HBK
EJAHBAHA?A J H=@E ?KE?=JEI 0MALAH JDAHA EI CK=H=JAA JD=J EJAHBAHA?A ME J ??KH E = F=HJE?K=H EIJ==JE 1B JDEI AGKEFAJ @AI ?=KIA D=HBK EJAHBAHA?A J H=@E H JAALEIE HA?AFJE MDE?D ?= >A @AJAHEA@ >O JKHEC JDA AGKEFAJ BB =@ JDA KIAH EI A?KH=CA@ J JHO J ?HHA?J JDA EJAHBAHA?A >O A H HA B JDA BMEC A=IKHAI
4AHEAJ H HA?=JA JDA HA?AELEC =JA=
1?HA=IA JDA IAF=H=JE >AJMAA JDA AGKEFAJ =@ HA?AELAH
+A?J JDA AGKEFAJ EJ = KJAJ = ?EH?KEJ @EBBAHAJ BH JD=J J MDE?D JDA HA?AELAH EI ?A?JA@
+IKJ JDA @A=AH H = ANFAHEA?A@ H=@E68 JA?DE?E= BH DAF
)O ?D=CAI H @EBE?=JEI J ANFHAIIO =FFHLA@ >O JDA =KB=?JKHAH ?K@
LE@ JDA KIAHI =KJDHEJO J FAH=JA JDA AGKEFAJ
Please note:
Please note:
Please note:
Please note:
6DA KIA B = IDEA@A@ EJAHB=?A ?=>A MEJD JDEI AGKEFAJ EI FHDE>EJA@
75 Canada Canada Canada Canada Canadian Department of Communications Radio Interference Regulations Class B Compliance Notice 6DEI +=II * @ECEJ= =FF=H=JKI AAJI = HAGKEHAAJI B JDA +==@=
1JAHBAHA?A+=KIEC AGKEFAJ HACK=JEI
+AJ =FF=HAE KHEGKA @A +=IIA * HAIFA?JA JKJAI AI ANECA?AI @K 4CAAJ
+==@EA IKH A =JHEA >HKEAKH
6DEI @ECEJ= =FF=H=JKI @AI J AN?AA@ JDA +=II * EEJI BH H=@E EIA AEIIEI BH @ECEJ= =FF=H=JKI IAJ KJ E JDA 4=@E 1JAHBAHA?A 4ACK=JEI B JDA +==@E=
,AF=HJAJ B +KE?=JEI
A FHIAJ =FF=HAE KHEGKA AJ F=I @A >HKEJI H=@EA?JHEGKAI @F=II=J AI
EEJAI =FFE?=>AI =KN =FF=HAEI KHEGKAI @A = ?=IIA * FHAI?HEJAI @=I A 4CAAJ IKH A >HKE=CA H=@EA?JHEGKA @E?J F=H A EEIJHA @AI
+KE?=JEI @K +==@=
ANSI Warning ANSI Warning ANSI Warning ANSI Warning
-GKEFAJ =FFHLA@ BH )5115) E?A@ELA -A?JHE?= -GKEFAJ BH KIA E +=II ,ELEIE /HKF ) * + =@ ,
=NEK =>EAJ JAFAH=JKHA "+
WARNING: 6 FHALAJ ECEJE B = D==H@KI =JIFDAHA >=JJAHEAI KIJ O >A
?D=CA@ H ?D=HCA@ E = =HA= M J >A D==H@KI
EXPLOSION HARZARD WARNING: -NJAH= ?A?JEIDK>I JDHKCD JDA ?A?JHI
=I AJEA@ 75* ?A?JH -JDAHAJ ?A?JH LE@A FHJ IAHE= FHJ FMAH IKFFO ?A?JH E?HFDA =? DA=@FDAI =? =@ >KJJIIMEJ?DAI =HA
J J >A KIA@ E = D==H@KI ?=JE
2MAH =@=FJAH ID= J >A KIA@ E D==H@KI ?=JEI
76 Safety Notices Safety Notices Safety Notices Safety Notices About the Battery About the Battery About the Battery About the Battery Caution Texts Concerning Lithium Batteries DANISH DANISH DANISH DANISH
),8)45- EJDEK>=JJAHE -IFIEIB=HA LA@ BA=CJEC D@JAHEC 7@IEBJEC
K IA A@ >=JJAHE =B I=A B=>HE=J C JOFA ALH @AJ >HKCJA >=JJAHE JE>=CA JE
ALAH=@HA
NORWEGIAN NORWEGIAN NORWEGIAN NORWEGIAN
),8)45- -IFIIB=HA LA@ BAE=JEC IEBJA =L >=JJAHE *AOJJ I=A >=JJAHEJOFA AAH A JEIL=HA@A JOFA =>AB=J =L =FF=H=JB=>HE=JA *HKJA >=JJAHEAH =IIAHAI E DAD@ JE B=>HE=JAI EIJHKIAH
SWEDISH SWEDISH SWEDISH SWEDISH 8)41/ -NFIEIB=H= LE@ BA=JECJ >=JJAHE>OJA )L@ I== >=JJAHEJOF AAH A
ALEL=AJ JOF I HAA@AH=I =L =FF=H=JJELAH=HA =IIAH= =LJ >=JJAHE AECJ B=>HE=JAI EIJHKJE
FINNISH FINNISH FINNISH FINNISH 8)41675 2=HEIJ LE HDJ I IA LEHDAAEIAIJE =IAAJJK 8=ED@= F=HEIJ
=E=IJ== L=EIJ== IKIEJJAA== JOOFFEE 0LEJ OJAJJO F=HEIJ L=EIJ==
DAE@A K=EIAIJE
ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH
+)761 ,=CAH B ANFIE EB >=JJAHO EI E?HHA?JO HAF=?A@ 4AF=?A O MEJD JDA I=A H AGKEL=AJ JOFA HA?A@A@ >O JDA AGKEFAJ =KB=?JKHAH ,EI?=H@
KIA@ >=JJAHEAI =??H@EC J =KB=?JKHAHI EIJHK?JEI
DEUTSCH DEUTSCH DEUTSCH DEUTSCH 8451+06 -NFIEICAB=DH >AE KI=?DCAA )KIJ=KI?D @AH *=JJAHEA -HI=J KH
@KH?D @AIA>A @AH AEA L 0AHIJAAH AFBDAA CAE?DMAHJECA 6OF
-JIHCKC CA>H=K?DJAH *=JJAHEA =?D )C=>A @AI 0AHIJAAHI
FRENCH FRENCH FRENCH FRENCH
)66-61 11 O = @=CAH @ANFIE IE O = HAF=?AAJ E?HHA?J @A = >=JJAHEA
4AF=?AH KEGKAAJ =LA? KA >=JJAHEA @K A JOFA K @K JOFA GKEL=AJ HA?=@ F=H A ?IJHK?JAKH AJJHA =K HA>KJ AI >=JJAHEAI KI=CAI
?BHAJ =KN EIJHK?JEI @K B=>HE?=J
77 Attention (for USA Users) 6DA FH@K?J JD=J OK D=LA FKH?D=IA@ ?J=EI = HA?D=HCA=>A >=JJAHO 6DA >=JJAHO EI HA?O?=>A )J JDA A@ B EJI KIABK EBA K@AH L=HEKI IJ=JA =@ ?= =MI EJ =O >A EAC= J @EIFIA B JDEI >=JJAHO EJ JDA KE?EF= M=IJA IJHA= +DA? MEJD OKH
?= IE@ M=IJA BBE?E=I BH @AJ=EI E OKH =HA= BH HA?O?EC FJEI H FHFAH
@EIFI=
About the AC Adapter About the AC Adapter About the AC Adapter About the AC Adapter 7IA O JDA )+ =@=FJAH IKFFEA@ MEJD OKH ?FKJAH 7IA B =JDAH JOFA B )+
=@=FJAH ME HAIKJ E =BK?JE =@H @=CAH
, J KIA JDA =@=FJAH E = DECD EIJKHA ALEHAJ ALAH JK?D JDA =@=FJAH MDA OKH D=@I H BAAJ =HA MAJ
)M =@AGK=JA LAJE=JE =HK@ JDA =@=FJAH MDA KIEC EJ J FAH=JA JDA
@ALE?A H ?D=HCA JDA >=JJAHO , J ?LAH JDA )+ =@=FJAH MEJD F=FAH H JDAH
>A?JI JD=J ME HA@K?A ?EC , J KIA JDA )+ =@=FJAH MDEA EJ EI EIE@A =
?=HHOEC ?=IA
+A?J JDA =@=FJAH J = FHFAH FMAH IKH?A 6DA LJ=CA HAGKEHAAJI =HA BK@ JDA FH@K?J ?=IA =@H F=?=CEC
, J KIA JDA =@=FJAH EB JDA ?H@ >A?AI @==CA@
, J =JJAFJ J IAHLE?A JDA KEJ 6DAHA =HA IAHLE?A=>A F=HJI EIE@A 4AF=?A JDA KEJ EB EJ EI @==CA@ H ANFIA@ J AN?AII EIJKHA
78 the RF Device On the Use of the On the Use of RF Device the On the Use of On the Use of the RF Device RF Device USA and Canada Safety Requirements and Notices USA and Canada Safety Requirements and Notices USA and Canada Safety Requirements and Notices USA and Canada Safety Requirements and Notices MPORTANT NOTE: 6 ?FO MEJD .++ 4. ANFIKHA ?FE=?A HAGKEHAAJI JDA IIIIMPORTANT NOTE:
MPORTANT NOTE:
MPORTANT NOTE:
=JA= KIA@ BH JDEI JH=IEJJAH KIJ J >A ??=JA@ H FAH=JEC E ?K?JE
MEJD =O JDAH =JA= H JH=IEJJAH
Radio Frequency Interference Requirements and SAR Radio Frequency Interference Requirements and SAR Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Interference Requirements and SAR Interference Requirements and SAR 6DEI @ALE?A AAJI JDA CLAHAJI HAGKEHAAJI BH ANFIKHA J H=@E M=LAI
6DEI @ALE?A EI @AIECA@ =@ =KB=?JKHA@ J J AN?AA@ JDA AEIIE EEJI BH ANFIKHA J H=@E BHAGKA?O 4. AAHCO IAJ >O JDA .A@AH= +KE?=JEI
+EIIE B JDA 75 /LAHAJ
6DEI @ALE?A ?FEAI MEJD .++ H=@E=JE ANFIKHA EEJI IAJ BHJD BH = K?JHA@
ALEHAJ
EMC Requirements 6DEI @ALE?A KIAI CAAH=JAI =@ H=@E=JAI H=@E BHAGKA?O AAHCO 6DA H=@E BHAGKA?O AAHCO FH@K?A@ >O JDEI @ALE?A EI MA >AM JDA =NEK ANFIKHA =MA@ >O JDA
.A@AH= +KE?=JEI +EIIE .++
6DEI @ALE?A ?FEAI MEJD 2=HJ # B JDA .++ 4KAI FAH=JE EI IK>A?J J JDA BMEC JM ?@EJEI
6DEI @ALE?A =O J ?=KIA D=HBK EJAHBAHA?A
6DEI @ALE?A KIJ =??AFJ =O EJAHBAHA?A HA?AELA@ E?K@EC EJAHBAHA?A JD=J
=O ?=KIA K@AIEHA@ FAH=JE
)O ?D=CAI H @EBE?=JEI J ANFHAIIO =FFHLA@ >O JDA =KB=?JKHAH ?K@ LE@
JDA KIAHI =KJDHEJO J FAH=JA JDA AGKEFAJ
6DA .++ EEJI =HA @AIECA@ J FHLE@A HA=I=>A FHJA?JE =C=EIJ D=HBK
EJAHBAHA?A MDA JDA AGKEFAJ EI EIJ=A@ =@ KIA@ E =??H@=?A MEJD JDA EIJHK?JE =K= =@ FAH=JA@ E = ?AH?E= ALEHAJ 0MALAH JDAHA EI
CK=H=JAA JD=J EJAHBAHA?A ME J ??KH E = F=HJE?K=H ?AH?E= EIJ==JE H EB
FAH=JA@ E = HAIE@AJE= =HA=
79 1B D=HBK EJAHBAHA?A MEJD H=@E H JAALEIE HA?AFJE ??KHI MDA JDA @ALE?A EI JKHA@ JDA KIAH KIJ ?HHA?J JDA IEJK=JE =J JDA KIAHI M ANFAIA 6DA KIAH EI A?KH=CA@ J JHO A H HA B JDA BMEC ?HHA?JELA A=IKHAI
4AHEAJ H HA?=JA JDA HA?AELEC =JA=
1?HA=IA JDA IAF=H=JE >AJMAA JDA AGKEFAJ =@ HA?AELAH
+A?J JDA AGKEFAJ EJ = KJAJ = ?EH?KEJ @EBBAHAJ BH JD=J J MDE?D JDA HA?AELAH EI ?A?JA@
+IKJ JDA @A=AH H = ANFAHEA?A@ H=@E68 JA?DE?E= BH DAF
CAUTION: 6DA 2=HJ # H=@E @ALE?A FAH=JAI = EJAHBAHA?A >=IEI MEJD JDAH CAUTION:
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
@ALE?AI FAH=JEC =J JDEI BHAGKA?O )O ?D=CAI H @EBE?=JE J I=E@ FH@K?J J ANFHAIIO =FFHLA@ >O JDA =KB=?JKHAH ?K@ LE@ JDA KIAHI =KJDHEJO J FAH=JA JDEI @ALE?A
Canada Radio Frequency Interference Requirements Canada Radio Frequency Interference Requirements Canada Radio Frequency Interference Requirements Canada Radio Frequency Interference Requirements 6 FHALAJ H=@E EJAHBAHA?A J JDA E?AIA@ IAHLE?A JDEI @ALE?A EI EJA@A@ J >A
FAH=JA@ E@HI =@ =M=O BH ME@MI J FHLE@A =NEK IDEA@EC
-GKEFAJ H EJI JH=IEJ =JA= JD=J EI EIJ=A@ KJ@HI EI IK>A?J J E?AIEC
2KH AF?DAH GKA ?AJ =FF=HAE ?=KIA @K >HKE=CA =K IAHLE?A B=EI=J >AJ @KA
E?A?A E @EJ JHA KJEEI EJHEAKH AJ @ALH=EJ JHA F=? E @AI BAJHAI =BE @A BKHEH K ?H= @A >E@=CA =NE= 5E A =JHEA K I =JAA @EIIE AIJ EIJ= ANJHEAKH E @EJ B=EHA >AJ @KA E?A?A
80 European Union CE Marking and Compliance European Union CE Marking and Compliance European Union CE Marking and Compliance European Union CE Marking and Compliance Notices Notices Notices Notices Statements of Compliance Statements of Compliance Statements of Compliance Statements of Compliance Englishshshsh Engli Engli Engli 6DEI FH@K?J BMI JDA FHLEIEI B JDA -KHFA= ,EHA?JELA "#!-7
Danish Danish Danish Danish
,AJJA FH@KJ AH E LAHAIIJAAIA A@ @AJ AKHFEIA @EHAJEL "#!-7
Dutch Dutch Dutch Dutch
,EJ FH@K?J EI E =LCEC L= @A >AF=ECA L= -KHFAAI ,EHA?JEAB "#!-7
Finnish Finnish Finnish Finnish 6 JKJA K@=JJ== -7@EHAJEELE "#!-7 HOIE
French French French French
+A FH@KEJ AIJ ?BHA =KN ANECA?AI @A = ,EHA?JELA -KHFAA "#!-7
German German German German
,EAIAI 2H@KJ AJIFHE?DJ @A *AIJEKCA @AH -KHFEI?DA 4E?DJEEA
"#!-7
Greek Greek Greek Greek 6 "#!-7
Icelandic Icelandic Icelandic Icelandic AIIE L=H= IJAIJ HACKCAH -LHFI= -B=D=CI *=@==CIEI AH "#!-7
Italian Italian Italian Italian 3KAIJ FH@JJ ?BHA == ,EHAJJEL= -KHFA= "#!-7
Norwegian Norwegian Norwegian Norwegian
,AJJA FH@KJAJ AH E DAD@ JE >AIJAAIAA E @AJ AKHFAEIA @EHAJELAJ
"#!-7
Portuguese Portuguese Portuguese Portuguese
-IJA FH@KJ ?KFHA ? =I H=I @= ,EHAJEL= -KHFE= "#!-7
Spanish Spanish Spanish Spanish
-IJA FH@K?J ?KFA ? =I H=I @A ,EHA?JEL -KHFA "#!-7
81 Swedish Swedish Swedish Swedish
,A= FH@KJ D=H JELAH=JI E AECDAJ A@ -/@EHAJEL "#!-7
Notices Notices Notices Notices CE Max power:
9) "/ $#& @*
9) #/ %& @*
*6 #% @*
4.1, !' @*K)(
99) !# @*
6DA @ALE?A EI HAIJHE?JA@ J E@H KIA O MDA FAH=JEC E JDA ## J #!# 0
BHAGKA?O H=CA
)6
--
16 26
*-
.1
8 4
+;
*/ 04
,-
.4
-
7 6
6 5
51
-5
+
07
5-
,
1-
2
7
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) 6DEI IO> A=I JD=J =??H@EC J ?= =MI =@ HACK=JEI OKH FH@K?J =@H EJI >=JJAHO ID= >A @EIFIA@ B IAF=H=JAO BH
DKIAD@ M=IJA 9DA JDEI FH@K?J HA=?DAI EJI A@ B EBA J=A EJ J = ?A?JE FEJ @AIEC=JA@ >O ?= =KJDHEJEAI 2HFAH HA?O?EC B OKH FH@K?J ME FHJA?J DK= DA=JD =@ JDA ALEHAJ
82 ser Notification of Take----back Service UUUUser Notification of Take back Service ser Notification of Take ser Notification of Take back Service back Service 6 1IJEJKJE= * * 7IAHI E 7EJA@ 5J=JAI
/AJ=? >AEALAI E FHLE@EC KH EIJEJKJE= ?KIJAHI MEJD A=IOJKIA IKJEI J
HA?O?A OKH /AJ=?>H=@ FH@K?JI BH BHAA /AJ=? K@AHIJ=@I JDA EIJEJKJE=
?KIJAHI ME EAO >A HA?O?EC KJEFA EJAI =J ?A =@ =I IK?D /AJ=? M=JI J
=A JDA HA?O?EC FH?AII BH JDAIA =HCAH IDEFAJI =I IJHA=EA@ =I FIIE>A
/AJ=? MHI MEJD HA?O?EC LA@HI MEJD JDA DECDAIJ IJ=@=H@I BH FHJA?JEC KH ALEHAJ AIKHEC MHAH I=BAJO =@ ?FOEC MEJD C>= ALEHAJ= =MI
KH ?EJAJ J HA?O?EC KH @ AGKEFAJ CHMI KJ B KH MH J FHJA?J JDA ALEHAJ E =O M=OI
2A=IA IAA JDA FH@K?J JOFA >AM BH EBH=JE /AJ=? FH@K?J >=JJAHO =@
F=?=CEC HA?O?EC E 75)
For Product Recycling:
;KH FHJ=>A /AJ=? FH@K?JI ?J=E D==H@KI =JAHE=I 9DEA JDAO FIA
HEI J OK @KHEC H= KIA JDAO IDK@ ALAH >A @EIFIA@ MEJD JDAH M=IJAI
/AJ=? FHLE@AI = BHAA J=A>=? IAHLE?A BH HA?O?EC OKH /AJ=? FH@K?JI KH AA?JHE?I HA?O?AH ME FHLE@A ?FAJEJELA >E@I BH HA?O?EC /AJ=?
FH@K?JI =I MA
For Battery Recycling:
6DA >=JJAHEAI KIA@ J FMAH OKH FHJ=>A /AJ=? FH@K?JI ?J=E D==H@KI
=JAHE=I 9DEA JDAO FIA HEI J OK @KHEC H= KIA JDAO IDK@ ALAH
>A @EIFIA@ MEJD JDAH M=IJAI /AJ=? FHLE@AI = BHAA J=A>=? IAHLE?A BH HA?O?EC OKH >=JJAHEAI BH /AJ=? FH@K?JI
For Packaging Recycling:
/AJ=? D=I ?DIA JDA F=?=CEC =JAHE=I KIA@ J JH=IFHJ KH FH@K?JI
?=HABKO J >==?A JDA HAGKEHAAJI B IDEFFEC JDA FH@K?J J OK I=BAO MDEA
EEEEC JDA =KJ B =JAHE= KIA@ 6DA =JAHE=I KIA@ E KH F=?=CEC =HA
@AIECA@ J >A HA?O?A@ ?=O
1B OK D=LA JDA =>LA BH HA?O?EC FA=IA ?J=?J KH HA?O?AH ) /HAA -A?JHE?I 4A?O?EC + .H HA EBH=JE HA?O?EC LEIEJ JDA MA>IEJA DJJFMMM=CHAAHA?O?EC?
83 ENERGY STAR ENERGY STAR 6.16.16.16.1 ENERGY STAR ENERGY STAR
--4/; 56)4 EI = CLAHAJ FHCH= JD=J BBAHI >KIEAIIAI =@ ?IKAHI AAHCOABBE?EAJ IKJEI =EC EJ A=IO J I=LA AO MDEA FHJA?JEC JDA ALEHAJ BH BKJKHA CAAH=JEI
2A=IA HABAHA?A --4/; 56)4 HA=JA@ EBH=JE BH
DJJFMMMAAHCOIJ=HCL
)I = --4/; 56)4 2=HJAH /AJ=? 6A?DCO +HFH=JE D=I @AJAHEA@ JD=J JDEI FH@K?J AAJI JDA --4/; 56)4 CKE@AEAI BH AAHCO ABBE?EA?O
) --4/; 56)4 GK=EBEA@ ?FKJAH KIAI % AII AA?JHE?EJO JD= ?FKJAHI MEJDKJ A=>A@ FMAH ==CAAJ BA=JKHAI
Earning the EEEENERGY NERGY SSSSTARTARTARTAR Earning the NERGY Earning the Earning the NERGY 9DA ALAHO DA BBE?A EI FMAHA@ >O AGKEFAJ JD=J D=I A=HA@ JDA --4/;
56)4 JDA ?D=CA ME AAF LAH &' >EE FK@I B CHAADKIA C=IAI KJ B JDA =EH
1B ABJ E=?JELA --4/; 56)4 GK=EBEA@ ?FKJAHI AJAH = MFMAH @A =@
=O KIA # M=JJI H AII AM ?DEF JA?DCEAI =A FMAH ==CAAJ BA=JKHAI HA HAE=>A @AFA@=>A =@ KIAHBHEA@O JD= ALA KIJ = BAM OA=HI
=C
5FA@EC = =HCA FHJE B JEA E MFMAH @A J O I=LAI AAHCO >KJ DAFI AGKEFAJ HK ?AH =@ =IJ CAH
*KIEAIIAI JD=J KIA --4/; 56)4 A=>A@ BBE?A AGKEFAJ =O HA=EA
=@@EJE= I=LECI =EH ?@EJEEC =@ =EJA=?A
84
LAH EJI EBAJEA --4/; 56)4 GK=EBEA@ AGKEFAJ E = IECA DA BBE?A
AC ?FKJAH EJH FHEJAH =@ B=N ?= I=LA AKCD AA?JHE?EJO J ECDJ =
AJEHA DA BH HA JD= " OA=HI
2MAH ==CAAJ IAAF IAJJECI ?FKJAHI =@ EJHI ?= HAIKJ E
K?D I=LECI =K=O
Remember, saving energy prevents p Remember, saving energy prevents pollution ollution Remember, saving energy prevents p Remember, saving energy prevents p ollution ollution
*A?=KIA IJ ?FKJAH AGKEFAJ EI ABJ " DKHI = @=O FMAH ==CAAJ BA=JKHAI =HA EFHJ=J BH I=LEC AAHCO =@ =HA = A=IO M=O J HA@K?A =EH FKJE
*O KIEC AII AAHCO JDAIA FH@K?JI DAF MAH ?IKAHI KJEEJO >EI =@ FHALAJ CHAADKIA C=I AEIIEI
Getac Product Compliance Getac Product Compliance Getac Product Compliance Getac Product Compliance
) /AJ=? FH@K?JI MEJD --4/; 56)4 C ?FO MEJD JDA --4/; 56)4 IJ=@=H@ =@ JDA FMAH ==CAAJ BA=JKHA EI A=>A@ >O @AB=KJ )I HA?A@A@ >O JDA --4/; 56)4 FHCH= BH FJE= AAHCO I=LECI JDA
?FKJAH EI =KJ=JE?=O IAJ J IAAF =BJAH # EKJAI E >=JJAHO @A =@ !
EKJAI E )+ @A B KIAH E=?JELEJO 6 M=A KF JDA ?FKJAH FHAII JDA FMAH
>KJJ
1B OK M=J J ?BECKHA FMAH ==CAAJ IAJJECI IK?D =I E=?JELEJO JEA =@ M=OI J EEJE=JAA@ 5AAF @A C J Power Options >O HECDJ?E?EC JDA >=JJAHO E?
JDA 9E@MI J=I>=H =@ JDA IAA?JEC Power Options E JDA FFKF AK
2A=IA LEIEJ DJJFMMMAAHCOIJ=HCLFMAH==CAAJ BH @AJ=E EBH=JE
FMAH ==CAAJ =@ EJI >AABEJI J JDA ALEHAJ
85 attery RRRRecycling BBBBattery ecycling attery attery ecycling ecycling
.H JDA 75 =@ +==@= O
6 HA?O?A JDA >=JJAHO FA=IA C J JDA 4*4+ += 4A?O?A MA>IEJA H KIA JDA
+= 4A?O?A 0AFEA =J && &&!%
+= 4A?O?A EI = FH@K?J IJAM=H@IDEF FHCH= FHLE@EC ?IJ >=JJAHO =@
?AFDA HA?O?EC IKJEI =?HII JDA 75 =@ +==@= FAH=JA@ >O
+= 4A?O?A 1? = #?" FHBEJ FK>E? IAHLE?A HC=E=JE JDA FHCH= EI BK@A@ >O >=JJAHO =@ FH@K?J =KB=?JKHAHI ?EJJA@ J HAIFIE>A HA?O?EC
5AA HA =J DJJFMMM?= HA?O?AHC 86 This device complies with Industry Canadas licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference; and
(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes:
(1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
(2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement."
The device could automatically discontinue transmission in case of absence of information to transmit, or operational failure. Note that this is not intended to prohibit transmission of control or signaling information or the use of repetitive codes where required by the technology. This device for operation in the band 51505250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;
High-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices.
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2018-08-10 | 2412 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment |
2 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
3 | 5745 ~ 5825 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
4 | 2018-04-17 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |
5 | 2412 ~ 2472 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
6 | 5745 ~ 5825 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
7 | 2018-02-16 | 5745 ~ 5825 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |
8 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
9 | 2412 ~ 2472 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
10 | 2017-12-26 | 2412 ~ 2472 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |
11 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
12 | 5745 ~ 5825 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
13 | 2017-08-17 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |
14 | 2422 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
15 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
16 | 2017-08-03 | 2422 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | Change in identification of presently authorized equipment. Original FCC ID: PD98265NG Grant Date: 06/03/2016 |
17 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
18 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||
19 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
various | Effective |
2018-08-10
|
||||
various |
2018-04-17
|
|||||
various |
2018-02-16
|
|||||
various |
2017-12-26
|
|||||
various |
2017-08-17
|
|||||
various |
2017-08-03
|
|||||
various | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Getac Technology Corporation
|
||||
various | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0018268243
|
||||
various | Physical Address |
5F.,Building A,No.209,Sec.1 Nangang.,Rd.
|
||||
various |
Taipei City, N/A 11568
|
|||||
various |
Taiwan
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
various | TCB Application Email Address |
T******@TIMCOENGR.COM
|
||||
various |
t******@timcoengr.com
|
|||||
various | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
various |
A1: Low Power Transmitters below 1 GHz (except Spread Spectrum), Unintentional Radiators, EAS (Part 11) & Consumer ISM devices
|
|||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
various | Grantee Code |
QYL
|
||||
various | Equipment Product Code |
8265NG
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
various | Name |
K**** C******
|
||||
various | Telephone Number |
+886-******** Extension:
|
||||
various | Fax Number |
+886-********
|
||||
various |
k******@getac.com.tw
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
various | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
various | No | |||||
various | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
various | No | |||||
various | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 02/06/2019 | ||||
various | 10/14/2018 | |||||
various | 08/15/2018 | |||||
various | 06/24/2018 | |||||
various | 02/13/2018 | |||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
various | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
various | Equipment Class | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||||
various | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |||||
various | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |||||
various | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||||
various | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | WLAN module | ||||
various | Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8265 | |||||
various | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
various | Modular Equipment Type | Limited Single Modular Approval | ||||
various | Single Modular Approval | |||||
various | Purpose / Application is for | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment | ||||
various | Change in identification of presently authorized equipment. Original FCC ID: PD98265NG Grant Date: 06/03/2016 | |||||
various | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
various | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
various | No | |||||
various | Grant Comments | Class II Permissive Change: Adds integration into host Getac Tablet Model RX10. In this configuration, the highest reported SAR for body worn and simultaneous transmission mode is 0.12 W/kg and 0.31 W/kg respectively. Output Power listed is the maximum combined conducted output power. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz and 40MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.46W/kg and 0.91W/kg respectively. | ||||
various | Class II Permissive Change: Adds integration into host Getac Tablet Model RX10. In this configuration, the highest reported SAR for body worn and simultaneous transmission mode is <0.10 W/kg and 0.13 W/kg respectively. Output Power listed is the maximum combined conducted output power. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.05W/kg and 0.78W/kg respectively. | |||||
various | Class II Permissive Change: Adds integration into host Getac Tablet Model RX10. In this configuration, the highest reported SAR for body worn and simultaneous transmission mode is 0.20 W/kg and 0.31 W/kg respectively. Output Power listed is the maximum combined conducted output power. Modular Approval.. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5 GHz band operations and also has 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 80 MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.75W/kg and 1.44W/kg respectively. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations as described in this filing. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values for Standalone and Simultaneous transmission conditions are <0.10 W/kg and 1.58 W/kg respectively. Class II Permissive Change: Enables integration of this module into Getac Notebook/Tablet, Model: V110. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations as described in this filing. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz and 40MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values for Standalone and Simultaneous transmission conditions are 0.44 W/kg and 1.58 W/kg respectively. Class II Permissive Change: Enables integration of this module into Getac Notebook/Tablet, Model: V110. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations as described in this filing. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values for Standalone and Simultaneous transmission conditions are 0.87 W/kg and 1.58 W/kg respectively. Class II Permissive Change: Enables integration of this module into Getac Notebook/Tablet, Model: V110. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations as described in this filing. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values for Standalone and Simultaneous transmission conditions are 0.66 W/kg and 0.69 W/kg respectively. Class II Permissive Change: This Class II Permissive Change is to integrate this module into Getac Tablet, Model: RC11. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations as described in this filing. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values for Standalone and Simultaneous transmission conditions are <0.10 W/kg and 0.69 W/kg respectively. Class II Permissive Change: This Class II Permissive Change is to integrate this module into Getac Tablet, Model: RC11. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations as described in this filing. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz and 40MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values for Standalone and Simultaneous transmission conditions are 0.42 W/kg and 0.69 W/kg respectively. Class II Permissive Change: This Class II Permissive Change is to integrate this module into Getac Tablet, Model: RC11. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is the maximum combined conducted output power. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures, or as evaluated in this filing. Operation of this device must ensure a spacing of at least 20-cm between the antennas and any person. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz and 40MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change: This Class II Permissive Change is to integrate this module into Getac Computer, Model: X500. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is the maximum conducted output power. The antennas used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures, or as evaluated in this filing. Operation of this device must ensure a spacing of at least 20-cm between the antennas and any person. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change: This Class II Permissive Change is to integrate this module into Getac Computer, Model: X500. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is the maximum combined conducted output power. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures, or as evaluated in this filing. Operation of this device must ensure a spacing of at least 20-cm between the antennas and any person. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change: This Class II Permissive Change is to integrate this module into Getac Notebook Computer, Model: X500. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values for Standalone and Simultaneous transmission conditions are <0.10 W/kg and 0.68 W/kg respectively. Class II Permissive Change: This Class II Permissive Change is to integrate this module into Getac Tablet, Model: F110. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz and 40MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.44 W/kg and 0.52 W/kg respectively. Class II Permissive Change: This Class II Permissive Change is to integrate this module into Getac Tablet, Model: F110. This device will be disabled the WLAN 2.4G CH12-13 operation by software in the host. | |||||
various | Limited Single Modular Approval. Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values for Standalone and Simultaneous transmission conditions are 0.69 W/kg and 0.69 W/kg respectively. Class II Permissive Change: This Class II Permissive Change is to integrate this module into Getac Tablet, Model: F110. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. Device is a client only device enabled for 2.4 GHz band operations and also has 20MHz and 40MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported SAR values are Body and Simultaneous SAR are 0.46W/kg and 0.91W/kg respectively. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. This module is approved in mobile/portable configurations. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrator to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a client only device enabled for 5GHz band operations and also has 20MHz, 40MHz and 80MHz bandwidth modes as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrator must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.75W/kg and 1.44W/kg respectively. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval filing. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must not transmit simultaneously with any other antenna or transmitter, except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Grantee must provide installation and operating instructions for complying with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. The highest reported Body and Simultaneous SAR values are 0.05W/kg and 0.78W/kg respectively. | |||||
various | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
various | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
various | Firm Name |
SPORTON International Inc.
|
||||
various |
Bureau Veritas CPS (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch
|
|||||
various | Name |
A******** C******
|
||||
various |
K****** L********
|
|||||
various | Telephone Number |
886-3******** Extension:
|
||||
various |
+886-******** Extension:
|
|||||
various | Fax Number |
886-3********
|
||||
various |
+886-********
|
|||||
various |
a******@sporton.com.tw
|
|||||
various |
k******@tw.bureauveritas.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2462 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0160000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15E | CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.161 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 2 | 15E | CC MO | 5260 | 5320 | 0.166 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 3 | 15E | CC MO | 5500 | 5720 | 0.215 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 4 | 15E | CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.227 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 15C | CC MO | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0160000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 1 | 15C | CC MO | 2402 | 2480 | 0.008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2472 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 1 | 15E | CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.161 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 2 | 15E | CC MO | 5260 | 5320 | 0.166 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 3 | 15E | CC MO | 5500 | 5720 | 0.215 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 4 | 15E | CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.227 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 1 | 15E | CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.161 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 2 | 15E | CC MO | 5260 | 5320 | 0.166 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 3 | 15E | CC MO | 5500 | 5720 | 0.215 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 4 | 15E | CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.227 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0160000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2472 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 1 | 15C | CC MO | 2402 | 2480 | 0.008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2472 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0160000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 1 | 15E | CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.161 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 2 | 15E | CC MO | 5260 | 5320 | 0.166 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 3 | 15E | CC MO | 5500 | 5720 | 0.215 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 4 | 15E | CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.227 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0160000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2472 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2462 | 0.494 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.161 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.153 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.021 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5260 | 5320 | 0.159 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5270 | 5310 | 0.166 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5290 | 5290 | 0.027 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5500 | 5700 | 0.108 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5510 | 5670 | 0.119 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5710 | 5710 | 0.215 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5720 | 5720 | 0.133 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5530 | 5690 | 0.107 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 12 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.227 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 13 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5755 | 5795 | 0.227 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 14 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5775 | 5775 | 0.092 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2472 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2462 | 0.494 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.161 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.153 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.021 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5260 | 5320 | 0.159 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5270 | 5310 | 0.166 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5290 | 5290 | 0.027 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5500 | 5700 | 0.108 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5510 | 5670 | 0.119 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5710 | 5710 | 0.215 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5720 | 5720 | 0.133 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5530 | 5690 | 0.107 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 12 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.227 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 13 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5755 | 5795 | 0.227 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 14 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5775 | 5775 | 0.092 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18 | 1 | 15B | CC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0160000 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC